My Blog

finally got this puppy done

ionamiller — Tue, 10 Nov 2009 06:35:50 GMT

THE UNINVITED STATES OF AMERICA The Long Crisis, PsyStrat & Tavistock Agenda Revealed Worldview Warfare -- Is popularity the ultimate coup? By Iona Miller, 10/2009 Deep Cover: From Thinktanks to Army Tanks "In 1941 a group of psychiatrists at the Tavistock Clinic saw that the right questions were asked in Parliament in order to secure the means to try new measures. As a result they were asked to join the Directorate of Army Psychiatry, and did so as a group." –Tavistock Institute They wind you up because they know what makes you tick. Tavistock Clinic studied shellshock (post-traumatic stress) in WWI but switched to developing psychological warfare in 1922. Rather than helping traumatized soldiers, it calculated their breaking points. Tavistock shock doctrine now permeates global life. Their social engineers are a Who’s Who: Freud, Jung, Adler, Melanie Klein, Wilfred Bion, Edward Bernays, Eric Trist, A.K. Rice, Eric Miller, Aldous Huxley, and more. Tavistock sent German-born psychologist, Kurt Lewin, to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1945 to establish the Research Center for Group Dynamics in the US. Lewin is the founder of 'social psychology.' The Center moved to the University of Michigan in 1948 where it became the Institute for Social Research, and continued to co-opt legitimate psychosocial research and exploit mass psychology. By then, the original Clinic became part of Britain’s National Health Service. In 1946, the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations split off a policy-making “mother of all thinktanks,” publically claiming to research and direct groups and organizations while it continued massive covert operations in social engineering. The thinktank registered as a charity in September 1947, in London, England. It devised and spread interdisciplinary models of Group Relations and training in management, administration and sociopolitics. Promoting creativity and organizational policy, it remains an influential intelligence organization tied to MI6, CIA, Project Paperclip German scientists, Rockefeller Foundation, and cryptocracy. Founder, John Rawlings Rees, claimed: “Public life, politics and industry should all ... be within our sphere of influence…If we are to infiltrate the professional and social activities of other people I think we must imitate the Totalitarians and organize some kind of fifth column activity! We must aim to make it permeate every educational activity in our national life ... We have made a useful attack upon a number of professions. The two easiest of them naturally are the teaching profession and the Church: the two most difficult are law and medicine.” Former MI6 Intelligence officer John Coleman first exposed their covert activities with his insider knowledge in The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political, and Economic Decline of the United States of America: “The enemy is clearly identifiable as the Committee of 300, the Club of Rome, NATO, the Black Nobility, CFR and all of its affiliate organizations, the think tanks, and research institutes controlled by Stanford and … last, but certainly not least, the military establishment.” Coleman includes the Eastern Liberal Establishment "aristocracy," its banks, insurance companies, giant corporations, petroleum cartels, foundations, communications networks, publishing houses, radio and television networks and the movie industry. Mission creep has penetrated organizations far beyond ‘the Tavi,’ and they are scripting our wars, our lives and our future. As the power behind the thinktank thrones, instead of “doctoring the soul” the clone organizations systematically attack it. The consensual goals of mental health and group relations parted company. The promise became a curse. World's Most Influential Thintank “By Names and Images are powers awakened and re-awakened.” ~Golden Dawn What if everything you were brought up to think about society, all layers of cultural meaning, about healing and freedom are wrong? What if someone was subverting your beliefs, ideas and values with behavioral tricks to use them against you? In ‘the world according to Tavistock,’ social drivers are disguised as their exact opposites to create a worldview that is illusory, reinventing the world in distorted form. Tavistock invented what you ‘should’ believe. It is no accident we have become victims of futureshock in the Long Crisis, a battle for your soul. Ego is mental structure, not a separate entity from soul. Whether you view it psychologically or spiritually, soul is structured through ego development with mental forms – words and images. It can also be fragmented with them. We lose our soul when we lose our dreams. What appears progressive, nurturing or ‘good’ can have exactly the reverse effect. But seeing the world as it is, not as we are told or wish it to be, brings us closer to real solutions. Turning away from or denying the darkness doesn’t make it go away. Embodying our collective shadow, Tavistock is a hydra-headed Secret Agent that runs rampant, aggravating the interconnecting set of global problems. How is the mind bent and toward what ends? The masses are bent through control of resources and the environment, mind control, massive manipulation, crisis and social turbulence. Nonprofit foundations have teamed with corporate, military and governmental entities to form a covert control force. The art of war became a management problem. Unintended consequences result. Under the guise of 'prevention' they create oppression. Cultural psychology was used to assess the enemy mentality. The original "Tavi-stalkers" didn't stop with the enemy and rewriting history. They spread their "Tavistock Method" theory and practice of mass mind control into all strategic institutions. Their psystrat -- turning reality inside out -- had multiple vectors, unifying levels of strategy to produce fractal control effects. Once you learn how to organize behavior -- "joint optimization" -- you know how to disorganize it with value-dilemmas in groups and international networks. Chaos Theory describes increases in complexity. The contemporary environment is a 'turbulent field' in which the amount of disorder is increasing to the limit of a 'vortical' state in which healthy adaptation is impossible. The "talking cure" became the signature of the "Tavistock Method," and a blanket solution (with psychotropic drugs) to mental distress. The character-building method is self-questioning and psychiatric investigation. While therapy gives empathy a mirroring face, it also substitutes a surrogate parent with sanctimonious certitude for self-care and self-regulation. When Tavistock pioneers began exploring the psyche, it was terra incognita. Now that once unknown ground is riddled with the twisted roots of Tavistock's insidious penetration and experimentation which has permeated the collective psyche. Modulating someone's internal state is a powerful form of control using the power of narrative, imagery and frequency. Conditioning replaces external constraint with internal compulsions on both essence and substance. Tavistock’s goal is a subtle sinister control agenda that no one engaging in therapeutic activities could imagine from surface appearances. Have we been unwittingly "sleeping with the enemy," inducing trauma even as we try to heal it? The cure is a poison. Rather than healing the sick, Tavistock deliberately makes the healthy ill. Untrustable “Brain Trust” "What we traditionally have meant by human perception, (vision, insight, ethical judgment, discriminating between reality and illusion) has been effectively shut down, almost surgically replaced by the virtual vision machine of the militarized imagination. We are suddenly rendered vulnerable to the new virtual myths about the supposedly hygienic character of posthuman warfare." –Arthur Kroker Tavistock’s tentacles are holographic feedback loops of physical, emotional, mental and spiritual control. The lies are different in each dimension of experience. Their backdoors and wormhole shortcuts among cultural institutions have created a stranglehold on global culture. Unpacking each association reveals widespread effects encompassing Intelligence, Military, Government, NGOs, Economics, InfoTech, Mass Media, Philosophy, Occult, Religion, Science, Academia, Psychology, Psychiatry, Medicine and Zeitgeist (Worldview). Co-opting ancient occult principles, Tavistock took the healing genius of Freud and Jung and aimed it at mass psychology in a controlling way. The means mirror the early relationship of Sigmund Freud and Carl Jung, who wound up with a six-year nervous breakdown when Freud essentially brainwashed him. Freud displays a pattern of turning his 'heretical' followers into mental cases, even suicides -- Jung in 1913, Victor Tausk in 1919, Herbert Silberer in 1923, and Wilhelm Reich in 1927. Freud broke their personalities down providing a model his 'magical child' Tavistock used as a modus operandi on many social fronts. Tavistock began with research on “shellshock” or post-traumatic stress, propaganda and applied mind control. They have broken down our whole country with collective ego death. They have used Jung’s metaphysics to remythologize and “spiritualize” society, using the memes of ‘hope’ and ‘change’ as dope for the New Age. Civilizations need a myth to live. Irrespective of national sovereignty, Tavistock's foundation ideology orchestrates archetypal battles of 'good and evil' by futuring in all cultural domains toward totalitarian ends. Arguably in doing so, they have distorted civilization, morals, psychology, history and religion. They have seized a monopoly on human judgment. The equivalent Russian program is "Psychoecology" from Psychotechnology Research Institute. Futuring includes six synergetic aspects: 1) mapping acceleration, 2) anticipating, 3) timing and 4) deepening the future, 5) creating alternatives to the present and 6) transformation. Aspirational futuring and analysis includes environmental scanning, forecasts, scenarios, visions, audacious goals and understanding change and strategic issues. Trends identify key forces shaping the future. Environmental scanning includes global, local, political, economic, technological, environmental and social trends. Roadmaps help us visualize strategies and collaborative foresight. Paradigms underpin the assumed truths of our logic. Dreams & Memes “Without Tavistock, there would have been no WWI and WWII, no Bolshevik Revolution, Korea, Vietnam, Serbia and Iraq wars. But for Tavistock, the United States would not be rushing down the road to dissolution and collapse." --John Coleman The geopolitical and psychosocial Game of Life is rigged. To understand mass psychology, you need to know the real rules of engagement. Their world is governed by appearances not reality. There are so many global extinction stories on television now because life as we have known it for mankind is under grave threat of extinction. The energy shortage, rise of food prices, scandals in government, and unwinnable wars against ideas like ideologies and "terrorism" are the first harbingers of the approaching mega-crisis. There are two routes from here: that of stagnation and eventual total collapse, and that of flexibility and growth, which could lead to a golden age. Chaos Theory reveals both catastrophe (bifurcation) and renewal are likely inevitable. Rather than the obsolete paradigm of a "world machine", we need to think in more organic terms of holistic self-organization ~ reorganization at a higher level -- as revealed in Chaos Theory, which demonstrates nature's own creative way of evolutionary assembly. All things are simply connected. The real crisis is this war conducted inside your head by those who do not have your best interests at heart, by those who program you for exploitation while robbing you of rights and freedoms. Events take place along a utopian/dystopian spectrum, which ranges in the individual from euphoria to dysphoria. Underlying forces are playing your underlying forces, modulating your moods like an emotional organ. Conflict, fear and trauma are used to manipulate and control individuals and whole populations. Drugs are ever more readily available, legally and illegally. Transnational drug trade supports even more black ops "social engineering" in other areas. The depth psychology models of Freud and Jung, the inherent nature of the psyche and human response to trauma have been played against our dreams of a better tomorrow. Tavistock created protocols to deliberately initiate and manipulate breakdown and programming, in both individuals and the masses. Reinforcing this with media manipulation has created a conformist society. Framing the narrative of world events, it has manufactured history according to its own agenda. It has done so with a mystique of authority, through a compartmentalized global network of thinktanks and non-profit organizations which promote the same agenda of social engineering, population control and exploitation. Spanning the entire sociopolitical spectrum, they have spread their shadow over the globe as an uninvited trance. Another Tavistock alumni, Edward Bernays (double nephew of Freud) turned his understanding of mass psychology into the shameless PR and advertising juggernaut of consumerism. Silent War "[I]n almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world." –Bernays Covert forces are playing on your unconscious mind. With global hypnosis, they have made themselves the rudder on the ship of state, setting policy, advising and dominating governments, corporations, and the educational structure. The shortlist of Tavistock's fellow globalist institutions includes Rockefeller Foundation, CIA, MI6, SRI, Brookings, RAND, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, IMF, PNAC, Pilgrim's Society, Wharton School, NASA, and World Bank. Probably the easiest way to understand the convoluted history and absorb the complex psychoecology of Tavistock's penetration of culture and the cryptocracy is to watch some of the classic videos that can be found searching the subject online. Relationships of certain individuals and groups are matters of public record. Tavistock tailors programs to specific situations as well as setting standards in psychiatry, psychology and organizational management. It declared itself the ultimate authority on mental health and human relations. Divergent thought is declared 'crazy' or 'antisocial.’ Programs with proven historical contexts originating or rooted in Tavistock "brain trust" include: "War on Terror," “War on Drugs,” "Total Information Awareness," "Full Spectrum Dominance," Joint Vision 2020, "Shock & Awe," “New Left,” “Basic English,” propaganda, narco-capitalism, social engineering, psystrat, and "Open Government," and “Infowar.” You can’t really wage war against an idea, but you can campaign for and against them. In their endless bag of tricks we also find behavioral modification, mass brainwashing, "buzzwords," suppressed science, manufactured wars, counterculture, LSD, New Age, cults, -isms, disinformation, false-flag ops, crisis creation, postmodern apocalypse theory, presence-in-absence, manufactured psychological shocks and stress, encounter groups, Aquarian Conspiracy, corporate feudalism and more. There is a psychosocial war for your mind, your body, even your soul. By making their mental health guidelines and human relations practice the standard, Tavistock became the de-centralized arbiter of what is considered sane and what is deemed ‘crazy.’ But they have employed the devices of toxic interaction and deployed them against the populace. By framing reality, naming the issues and producing iconic imagery, they have sold us a media gloss that simulates and substitutes the “Big Lie” for truth. “Too big to fail” and bailouts are recent examples. Dirty tricks include the double-bind, “crazy-making behavior,” forced choice and dual reality, to name a few. Since WWII, this psyops strategy has allowed them to achieve “full-spectrum dominance” of the cultural landscape. They are inside your head from the cradle to the grave, using every control mechanism known to behavioral science, creating and fulfilling your desires with programming and emotional manipulation. Everyone senses it at some level, but who does anything about it? "Bourne Again" Mindbenders "We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent." --James Paul Warburg In the 2002-2007 film series, a take-off on the Tavistock-inspired CIA's MK Ultra program, hypno-patsy Jason Bourne learns how intelligence eats its own. As the series unfolds, we see how mind control and programmed assassins are used to steer sociopolitical "reality," while concealing and erasing memory of the mindbending puppetmasters. Only the biggest lies are 'too big to fail.' The irony is, in this sense, "we the people" are all "Bourne Again." Not surprisingly, the fourth film of the franchise is on the way, and a first-person shooter video game is already here. The seduction/murder perps who pull the 'magic trigger' on the smoking gun have perfected the art of 'hiding in plain sight' in their Magic Kingdom. Tavistock is the rudder on the pirate ship of state. They don't even care if we know how it works because 'plausible deniability' has become irrelevant in the Theatre of Cruelty that molds minds with metaphysics while shattering our perceptions. "The Secret" of reality creation is that it's beyond your control, far out of reach of your wishful thinking. The new Holy Trinity of our warring instincts is money/sex/power. The GOD we learned to worship is GoldOilDrugs. Riding the coattails of "The Manchurian Candidate" (1962), a B horror movie, "The Mindbenders" (1963), depicted Dirk Bogarde as the victim of British brainwashers who isolated, water tanked him and destroyed his marriage. Mindbender scientists discover that eight nightmarish hours of water tank isolation equates with eight months of intense brainwashing. Apparently someone in Britain knew what was going on at the Tavi. The Mindbenders break both the volunteers and their relationships, inducing dissociation. Freud proved that broken relationships and imposed sexual repression can be used as a weapon, spreading emotional contagion and arousing primitive emotions in targeted populations. Emotions can simultaneously be used to build entire mythic systems. Tavistock's "Time Machine" "All news is lies and all propaganda is disguised as news." --Willi Muzenberg Just outside London, Tavistock Institute is the sloganeering nerve center of a global psywar apparatus that attacks our collective conscious and unconscious relentlessly. Established after World War I, the original Tavistock Clinic developed psychological warfare for British intelligence. More than an international institution, Tavistock became a nonlocal community of practice -- a dark "invisible college," the Castaglia of the cryptocracy. Tavistock's grandmother is the drug empire of the British East India Company and Theosophical esoterics. Its grandfather is "The Open Conspiracy" of Utopian H.G. Wells, Bertrand Russell, Cecil Rhodes and Fabian socialists. The Society for Psychical Research (SPR) helped create the Fabian Society. Tavistock is the paranoid child of the Liepzig and Frankfurt Schools of critical thinking and behaviorism. The psychodynamics of Freud and Jung are its godparents. But Tavistock's birth mother was a whore -- a propaganda front called Wellingon House, known as "The Lie Factory." One of Plato's tricks was "forbidding the question." His Republic is a blueprint for tyrannical systemic philosophical control. 'The Big Lie,' a hypnotic propaganda technique, is rooted in Plato's 'Noble Lie,' the myth knowingly told by the elite to maintain social control. We live in duality. Using 'time' as their fulcrum, Tavistock explorations in crafting reality became exploitations, selling Utopian idealism to the New Left and patriotic Homeland Security to the born-again Right. Pitting them eternally against one another is a neo-con racket that molds all political party themes. The game is collapsing the traditional world. They employ both religious and secular currents in the same way, playing both sides against the middle. Grinding the Gears of Paradigm Shift "A society of sheep must in time beget a government of wolves." - Bertrand de Jouvenel Turning 'Great Game' strategies on the public, Tavistock's agenda transcends institutional boundaries, hoodwinking us about the nature of reality with stealth psystrat, media and cultural tactics while imposing and maintaining control through the collective psyche. The seat of power has switched from a pyramidal to a holographic power structure. Intelligence tricks are deployed from the heart of the machinery of state to engineer the consistent illusions of our psychosocial culture -- an interactive fiction. The social glue of trust has dried and cracked, leaving less than enlightened self-interest in an "I'll get mine first," mentality. Tavistock is now selling downshifting income, aging lean and collective ego death through the razzle-dazzle of apocalyptic archetypes. Modulating someone's internal state is a powerful form of control using the power of imagery. Conditioning replaces external constraint with internal compulsions on both essence and substance. The destiny of individual freedom depends on maintaining critical ethical judgment and a clarity that can filter out propaganda and rebel against it. Too bad, even our rebellions are controlled. The 'story' must be continually upgraded to keep the 'audience' engaged. Tavistock is a 'strange attractor' in the global psychodynamic field. It has brought us all to the self-organizing state of criticality - the precipitous boundary of chaos and order. We need to develop filters against such psychic infiltration. In such radical crisis the individual must courageously refuse to assent to totalitarian power. Cultural Hegemony "The core of the belief in progress is that human values and goals converge in parallel with our increasing knowledge. The twentieth century shows the contrary. Human beings use the power of scientific knowledge to assert and defend the values and goals they already have. New technologies can be used to alleviate suffering and enhance freedom. They can, and will, also be used to wage war and strengthen tyranny. In the twentieth century, these technologies were used to implement state terror and genocide on an unprecedented scale. Ethics and politics do not advance in line with the growth of knowledge -- not even in the long run." --John Gray, Heresies Forms of cultural hegemony include psychological, spiritual, emotional, political, social, military, economic, medical and intellectual oppression and domination. Certain research projects are suppressed by dogmatic science. Like any ideology, Tavistock asks us to believe its deceptive promises and refrain from questions about what they don't tell. ‘Lies of omission’ control the highs and lows of our expectations and the controlled demolition of the boom and bust economy. To think otherwise may be painfully naive. Most of us don't expect them to manufacture ideologies and phony enemies to mobilize the masses. We don't expect them to engage in covert dirty tricks, secretly foment revolutions or use deceptive diplomacy to execute a secret social and esoteric agenda. We can hardly believe anyone would actively work against our health and welfare, destroying the food chain, good air, water and earth, not to mention developing biological weapons. We don't expect them to engineer arrested development and family breakdown. We don't expect them to use 'planning theory' and pop culture to foster alienation and dysfunction. We don't expect them to poison the well of global society in their undeclared war on humanity. We must learn to see through what they do as coercion, using their esoteric techniques of crisis creation and management. Their initial project -- Operation Research on military management techniques -- was turned on civilians. Authority for Authority Tavistock is an immersive process, a transnational inter-agency collaboration, whose 'research' is best evaluated by its real-world phenomena -- the cumulative effects of machinations, trendspotting, memes, and propaganda. They look at effects, then find the causes to produce them. They begin with solutions and find the problems they solve. They create media and products to satisfy needs that don't yet exist. They shape the world by shaping opinion. Even 'sanitized,' their programs have global repercussions. In quantum information theory, if all records of an event are de-correlated from it, then by definition there is no way to know whether this event has ever happened. This situation is indistinguishable from its not having happened. Our only defense is awareness and DIY mind control. But the torrent of information is manipulated to guide our motivations while engineering consensus by repackaging myths, memes and metaphors. In the 1960s, the Milgram Experiment demonstrated the draconian perils inherent in authority overriding personal conscience to compliantly "follow orders" to inflict psychophysical harm on others. The sun shines alike on torture and compassion. Multimedia quietly changes our thoughts and opinions, creating a mashup of fiction and reality -- a 'friction' that rubs everyone the wrong way. The magic circle of the hypnotic primetime television schedule holds all in its restrictive spell of dominion with celebrity ringmasters. We stare blankly, enthralled with the trainwreck of intelligence and common sense. While it captures the appearance of things, mimesis holds up an illusory mirror. Catharsis creates communal emotional discharge that orchestrates identification with group feelings. To Freud, catharsis was the traumatic transfer of a memory ["meme-ory", collectively] from the unconscious to the conscious. Though it effectively empties us of our own potentially meaningful creative content, the culture is addicted to it. Rather than purging our pathologies, emotional ventilation voyeuristically facilitates them. It evokes them with daily rituals. Simulation becomes second nature like breathing -- we are The Sims. First-person shooter games are Transmodern scapegoating. What we 'Discover' on one channel becomes 'History' on another. As one commentator put it, "Armageddon is the new black." Prisoner’s Dilemma: Crisis Creation & Human Bondage "The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values." --Zbigniew Brzezinsky, Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era, 1970 Everywhere is Ground Zero. Not reserving their techniques for the enemy, Tavistock spread their contagious theory and practice of mass mind control into all strategic institutions. Tavistock wrote the blueprint for global domination, a triumph of image over substance. The 'hydraulic model' of tensions has given way to the Field Theory of full-spectrum domination. The holographic structure is everywhere contained in its fractal satellites, each of which contains the entire program and can take over where others fail. They wrote the book on propaganda, prognostication and profiling -- the staples of the full-spectrum surveillance society. They have contrived history. Fractured facts mixed with fiction produces “Pulp Friction.” The simulation substitutes for reality. A ritual is just a play with audience participation. But it changes you in the alchemical process. Funded by British royalty, Rothchilds, Rockefellers, the Federal Government and Wall Street they invoked “the secret” of transmuting infinite symbols of transformation into infinite power. Without wielding overt control, the Tavistock blitz influences the direction and effects of virtually every human endeavor with political and psychological warfare through its web of interlinking institutions. Following the lead of the British East India Company, transnational drug money flows like the mother's milk of black ops politics. Through a twist of fate, the shaping of Tavistock became synonymous with the shaping of global culture by forcing unwelcome changes and seizing psychological control of the human race. The brainwashing institute has twisted our beliefs into their very opposites by collapsing our psychic boundaries. Now, we are permanently "shellshocked." When we lose our story we lose our history. Holographic Power Structure "Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable and to give the appearance of solidity to pure wind." --George Orwell The Tavistock agenda creates macro-trends, such as the "New Left" and militant activism as counter point to Neocon manipulation through radical religious policies and bunkered militia-mentality. It is a primary polarizing entity at work throughout all levels of society, playing both sides against the middle. It creates outside Adversaries through propaganda and projection, such as distracting terror, drugs and media wars. Viable solutions simply aren't allowed and are actively suppressed. A Rockefeller grant gave birth to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London in 1947. Tavistock joined with Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (RCGD) at the University of Michigan the next year and begin disseminating human relations literature, relating theory to practice, including promotion of change, engineering consensus, mass persuasion, breakdown of cognitive structure, and overcoming resistance. Tavistock sets national agendas for the global shadow government. It used covert techniques to sell the war with Germany, the state of Israel, the Domino Theory and the Cold War for financial gain. Deliberate creation of crisis is psychic Cold War, a global psychodrama. Other networked thinktanks are its dissemination organ. They create peer pressure throughout all strata of society designed to break people down into consensus conformity. Globalist Change Agents "Countless people... will hate the new world order... and will die protesting against it... When we attempt to evaluate its promise, we have to bear in mind the distress of a generation or so of malcontents..." - H.G. Wells, The New World Order, 1939 The Cryptocracy is involved in "alchemical processing" of mass consciousness by psychological manipulation. With the help of foundations and secret societies, experiments in world shaping continue multimedia and military campaigns. The goal of social engineering is seeding and controlling megatrends so the masses live as controlled puppets, wage slaves of the ruling elite. Tavistock’s agenda is used to create and topple governments. Entire populations are controlled through drugs and sophisticated psychological techniques, including group dynamics. Disciplines include anthropology, economics, organizational behavior, political science, psychoanalysis, psychology and sociology. They are selling collective ego death with apocalyptic visions. Any technique which breaks down the family unit, and inculcated principles of religion, honor, patriotism and sexual behavior, is used by Tavistock scientists as a weapon of control. Now a war of extermination is waged on the small American farmer through high-interest loans and bankruptcy. Corpoglomerate land trusts gain while our diet suffers. Futurist programs identify discontinuities and emerging dilemmas. Discontinuities challenge business as usual and dilemmas demand new ways of thinking about complex problems. Together, discontinuities and dilemmas provide a vista of new practices and points of view that shape tomorrow's organizations and today's choices. Over the years, Tavistock’s healing emphasis changed until there was a sinister slant to the research in eugenics, political and cultural engineering by the mid-1930's. There are rumors of an earlier version of Tavistock, which trained Lenin, and later after WWI, Adolph Hitler (Hallet). With the outbreak of World War II, Tavistock operatives took effective control of the Psychological Warfare Directorate of the British Army, while its allied network in the United States embedded itself in the American psychological warfare apparatus, including the Committee on National Morale and the Strategic Bombing Survey. By war's end, the combined influence of Tavistock and of the former Frankfurt School operatives, had created what Director Rees called a cadre of several thousand “psychological shock troops,” and “cultural warriors.'' Today that network numbers several millions around the world, and is the single most important factor in determining the design and content of mass media product. By WWII, Tavistock was a real MI 6 Agency and its stress-related techniques were well advanced. They knew how to relieve mental, and emotional pain and also amplify it, physically and psychologically. In fact, Tavistock’s recommendations for excessive use of force were used tragically by Winston Churchill in the terrifying fire bombing of Dresden and Hamburg. Sigmund Freud was Tavistock's "prophet" and first director, followed by his daughter, Anna. Tavistock programs were used to program the postwar leaders of Germany's government, churches, schools, corporations, etc., from among the POWs who were easy to manipulate. Research into the use of microwave weapons and their use for mind control (psychotronics) began in 1950s at the Tavistock Institute, one of Britain's leading psychiatric research establishments. The UK institute was researching into ways of mind controlling the British population without them knowing. Its main US branch is in the University of Michigan. The same principles were used to create pop culture and counterculture, so even societal rebellion is a programmed trend to channel and discredit opposing energy. Freud's nephew, a principle at Tavistock Institute, Edward Bernays is the godfather of propaganda and the "engineered consent" of Madison Avenue. He took Freud's principles of mass psychology and applied them to social exploitation, numbing and manipulation of the masses. He created consumerism. Games, Scripts & Rackets Popular culture is engineered to brainwash each of us from cradle to grave. Trends and megatrends are manufactured, engineered by corporations. Nothing happens in politics or society by accident. The Nazi's employed techniques outlined by Bernays in the book Propaganda, and later brought them to the US under Operation Paperclip where they were picked up by CIA and subsequently morphed into mind control programs such as cyborg assassins and MK Ultra. Similar programs were instituted in the USSR around the same time. CIA also spreads propaganda across the entire political spectrum through founding and funding front organizations. In the wake of the Enlightenment, the notion of an intellectual elite arose. A distinguished social stratum can be traced far back into classical history. Elite classes of intellectuals or well-educated people emerged in most European countries. The intelligentsia (e.g., artists, mystics, psychologists, psychiatrists, scientists and teachers) engages in complex mental and creative labor directed into the development and dissemination of culture. Bohemians were the forerunner of what we can call the ‘psychedelic intelligentsia’ and today’s New Age spiritual fusion. Utopian socialism is the philosophical root of modern socialist thought. Anyone can be a utopian socialist, but the trend emerged in the 19th century. From the mid-19th century onwards, other branches of socialism overtook utopianism in popularity. But groups such as the Fabians continued working their strategic agendas behind the scenes of perpetual class struggle. Societies are cyclic, always in a continual process of constructing themselves and destructing from within. Utopian socialists are forerunners of communal hippie life, intentional communities and cooperatives. Utopian nostalgia is exemplified in the Star Trek and Star Wars philosophy. Its dystopian reflection is The Matrix, the postmodern Brave New World where nothing is believable nor trustable. Quasi-socialist intellectuals created hypothetical visions of perfect egalitarian and communal societies without actually concerning themselves with the manner in which these societies could be sustained. Yet, they shared a dream, which for the world at large has become a mind control nightmare. And so, we medicate. Name Your Poison "There will be, in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution." -- Aldous Huxley, Tavistock Group, California Medical School, 1961 Tavistock is married to Big Pharma by psychiatry. The paradoxical Greek word "pharmakon" can be translated as 'drug,' which means both remedy and poison. In Plato's Pharmacy, Derrida traces its meanings in Plato's dialogues: remedy, poison (either the cure or the illness or its cause), philter, drug, recipe, charm, medicine, substance, spell, artificial color, and paint. The alchemists also call their elixir or panacea both a cure and a poison, describing the dangers of the interactive field experience, including failure to recognize trance states. Derrida notes, "This pharmakon, this medicine, this philter, which acts as both remedy and poison, already introduces itself into the body of the discourse with all its ambivalence." Tavistock 'paints' a picture of the world (simulacrum; textual trance) and we must embrace it. Because the pharmakon is artificial and comes from outside rather than from within, it always has side effects. When not treating a disease, a psychotropic becomes dope. The pharmakon is the paradoxical medium in which opposites are opposed and contradictory meanings play out. It is a war of opposites Freud saw as a life/death struggle and Jung saw as a death/rebirth mystery of cyclic passages and renewal. Rebirth is the mythic enactment of "the one story" whose pattern is found in every narrative. Culture takes place in between the war of life and death. Those caught between two stages of development without clearly defined social identities, feel marginal, excluded, without identity or influence. “Outsiders” occupy an edge realm of creative potential for new ideas and concepts and so pose a threat to the establishment. Relationships and social status are negotiated at the threshold. We are either rejected from or welcomed to the other side, submitting to the rules that of that place. At the threshold, one can also enter new territory. Outsiders live beyond roles assigned by law, custom, convention, and ceremonial. As visionaries, they question, expose, critique and redefine the central values of culture. Pharmakos, "human scapegoat" or "sacrificial slave" derives from the same root, but changing the scapegoat doesn't change anything real. We are all victims. In Latin, victima, is a beast of sacrifice, a consecrated animal. Psychotherapy replaces the scapegoat with mind-numbing catharsis, a form of self-sacrifice, for purification and emotional purgation. Transmodern scapegoating takes place in the virtuality - first-person shooter games. Pharmakeus means druggist, poisoner and by extension, wizard, magician, trickster or sorcerer, initiator -- the spellbinding shaman/healer. Shamanism is medicine for the imagination using tricks or techniques to alter perception. Whether transformation is induced through drugs, collective dreams, behavior modification, or emotive talk therapies, the purpose is to change perception of reality. Defense mechanisms include denial, acting out, fantasy, dissociation, idealization, intellectualization, isolation, projection, rationalization, repression, and somatization. All can be corrected by creative self-help and self-regulation -- becoming your own shaman or alchemist. Culture Hero-Trickster The psychotherapeutic approach to healing essentially represents order (through chaos). The shamanic approach represents chaos, often including trance, drugs, adventure and spiritual power plays. These worldviews seem divided but the true nature of reality is dynamic interplay of chaos and order. The healer is also an eternal Trickster. And the Trickster entraps by controlling perceptions, guiding the collective vision of emergent worldviews. Soft-core brainwashing is so subliminal most people don't recognize it. Nor do they recognize covert pressures hiding in plain sight. You can't really fight this hydra-headed monster and you can't flee the mindbending 'No Exit' game with a geographic or mental escape. They want you to escape into the virtuality and leave the 'real' world to them. If you withdraw into the virtuality you are no longer a protagonist in the social setting. A state of criticality (SOC) is the governing dynamical mechanism. Various kinds of systems can be engineered into a critical state, by fine-tuning the parameters. Kindling changes can lead to cascades of morphing dynamics, avalanches of consequences. Though the 'edge' can be a horizon of creativity, chain reactions and catastrophic collapse are also possible. Instead of inhabiting the United States, we are plunged into the bizarro world of imposed trance-states -- the Uninvited States of America. Whether on the Left or the Right, we are played against one another in the social construction of reality (totalitarian environment) with indirect suggestion, political and religious cliches and milieu control. We fear the results of forced choices. Loss of biometric identifiers, self-reliance, house, job, credit cards, bank account, driver's license, spouse, family is for the most part equated with death -- or worse -- irrelevance. You must obey the doctrine or lose your personal identity which was created for you and will be stripped away. So don't question too much; just follow along. Self-care and self-regulation are your frontlines of defense in the fight for your liberty and human rights. In the culture at large, therapeutic authority has transformed personal and group relations in family, work, school, hospital, office, media, government and military. While it has taught us "better" communication, it has undermined traditional roles. Stories we consistently tell ourselves determine our reality. But, culture is articulated by subversive innovation. Do It Yourself mind control helps you create a reality from your experience, made of symbols weighted by metaphors. All communication is hypnotic. NLP demonstrates how even casual conversation can be loaded with sleight of mouth, cues, "embedded commands," suggestive language patterns. Parallel realities, triggers and anchors, time binds, illusory choice, submodalities, persuasion and psychological drivers can be manipulated. You can recalibrate your own mind, instead of succumbing to injected programming. The collective will of the people has been undercut with "shock and awe," frustration and demoralization. Tavistock first fed us illusions as stepping-stones before weaning us on disillusion, exemplified in lowered expectations, healthcare debates and a failing greenback. Positive and negative reinforcement include "the takeaway," turning dreams into pipe dreams and mystical manipulation. But we can always create new dreams for a new era. Even though its agenda has jumped the boundaries of its parent organization, Tavistock has seeded chaos leading to the death of an outworn post-industrial mindset, clearing the stage for a transmodern information society with a distinctly fascist tone. Or, perhaps, as chaos theory suggests, something entirely new and wonderful will emerge from the most creative sector of society. That future is still in our hands. Tavistock Timeline: http://tavistockagenda.iwarp.com/whats_new_25.html References: Coleman, John, 2005, Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political, and Economic Decline of the United States of America Coleman, J., 2006, A Conspirator's Hierarchy: The Committee of 300, 4th Edition, Global Review Publications, Inc., Las Vegas, NV. Cooke, Ben "The Tavistock's Everday Use of Benzedrine..." Management and Organizational History, Vol. 4(2), 2009 http://moh.sagepub.com/cgi/pdf_extract/4/2/203 Corbett, Sara, "The Hoy Grail of the Unconscious" http://www.nytimes.com/2009/09/20/magazine/20jung-t.html?pagewanted=1&_r=2 Gray, John, Black Mass: Apocalyptic Religion and the Death of Utopia (Doubleday, 2007) Gray, John, Heresies: Against Progress and Other Illusions (2004). Hallet, Greg, 2005, Hitler Was A British Agent King, Chris, The Prisoner's Dilemma" http://www.dhushara .com/paradoxhtm/ prisoners. htm Klein, N., 2007, The Shock Doctrine; the Rise of Disaster Capitalism, Metropolitan Books, New York. Miller, Iona (2009) Tavistock Agenda Revealed website. http://tavistockagenda.iwarp.com Schneck, Jerome, "Countertransference in Freud's Rejection of Hypnosis," http://ajp.psychiatryonline.org/cgi/pdf_extract/110/12/928 Szafranki, Colonel Richard (1995) "A Theory of Information Warfare" http://www.airpower.au.af.mil/airchronicles/apj/apj95/spr95_files/szfran.htm Trist, Eric, The Social Engagement of Social Science: A Tavistock Anthology" http://www.moderntimesworkplace.com/archives/ericsess/tavis1/tavis1.html Wolfe, L., BRAINWASHING: How the British Use the Media for Mass Psychological Warfare, The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. http://american_almanac.tripod.com/warfare.html Wolf, L. "For Whom the Polls Toll" The American Almanac, May 5, 1997, http://american_almanac.tripod.com/polls.htm ©2009 Hypnotherapist, IONA MILLER writes on future science, intelligence and esoterics. She analyzes the collective psyche and cultural effects of geopolitics, religion, science, art and psychology. This “Meta Hari” covers social engineering, pop culture, physics and psychology, media, psi research, esoteric espionage, cults, PSYOPS countermeasures, creativity, and extraordinary human capacities. Where it is impossible to unravel "the truth," rather than being interested in the unproven and untraceable, she analyzes general trends visible to all with a startling viewpoint. Websites: http://tavistockagenda.iwarp.com and http://ionamiller.iwarp.com

Hilarious and potentially useful

ionamiller — Tue, 10 Nov 2009 06:34:23 GMT

http://www.gethypnoweed.com/ http://www.gethypnoweed.com/FLVPages/VideoBlip.htm watch the hilarious trailers.

REAL ALCHEMY - Roger CARO The Complete Great Work Photographed

ionamiller — Thu, 05 Nov 2009 05:53:10 GMT

http://www.rexresearch.com/caro/caro.htm Sovereign Sanctuary of the FAR+C Ajunta, 15 September 1968 Office of the Imperator Preface ~ It is a joy for me to give my testimony to the magnificent fulfillment of our great friend, Roger Caro. Never was such an arduous task executed with so much patience, tenacity, sureness, and competence. A Puzzle constituted by 40 loose color photographs, disordered and without caption, was solved and commented upon with mastery. This was a titanic undertaking, for to restore the correct order it was first necessary to learn the secrets of the Magistry --- at least in theory; for who wouldn’t be astounded by the superb result obtained when one has before one’s eyes Pleiade Alchimique, and above all the 508 quotations contained in Concordances Alchimiques, which places all the valid authors, both ancient and modern, in parallel, phase by phase, thus placing the Great Work in a favorable light. All of the preceding demonstrates a rare hermetic knowledge. Consequently, how would Our Order have been able to remain indifferent before such an unselfish work? So it is with one accord that our Supreme Council --- upon my request --- permits you to publish the Complete Great Work Photographed. These photographs, which were formerly taken by our deceased and much-missed son, Kamala-Jnana, during the course of an alchemical experiment at Ajunta, could only be published by you, my dear Grand master. Also, do not stop yourself because of financial or other considerations. Go ahead, you have the faith, you have the knowledge, you know what must be done to succeed. Go then, and continued to sow the good seed. Don’t let yourself stop for anything, and remember always that God accords success only to his predestined --- the others, the complicated, will have eyes which don’t know how to see and ears which don’t know how to hear. That these photographs and their commentaries touch as many of the chosen as possible is my most fraternal wish. Seekers can be delayed no longer, for you have said all, written all, and shown all. God bless you, my dear Grand Master. Our Order is proud of you. May Peace be upon you, in you, and around you. A.J. D’Ossa Introduction ~ We will surprise no one by saying that a great number of seekers have asked us for the photographs which should illustrate the Siphra Di Tzeniutha. These 40 pictures, announced at the end of the Dictionary of Alchemical Philosophy by Kamala-Jnana, fascinate the adepts of the Great Art. Today, placed in chronological order, they are a true feast for the eyes of an Alchemist; a symphony of colors marking now the dry way of the Great Work, for what a job to regroup and methodically reorder this heap of scattered films, and give each of these a caption both valuable and audible to the Children of Light. Well, all that is no more than the past, a dark past, with neither glory or fame; a past made of sleepless nights, or of sleep troubled by a thought always in perpetual motion. This past lasted from 1961 to 1967 --- six years of researches and readings --- but in 9 months (thanks to our cards and notes) we had done all the spadework. Still, the light should illuminate the details only a great many months after, and progressively. Today everything is in order. A college of 20 adepts, under the chairmanship of the venerable Imperator of the FAR+C, has willingly given its unanimous consent to the appearance of the present work -- certainly a modest one given its bulk and the number of its pages, but so great and weighty with information. May the Alchemical Temple of Ajunta see here our fraternal gratitude, for sincere seekers will find (thanks to this approbatur) a new source of information to master and in which to rejoice. What does it matter to us that a color plate (like those contained in the Dictionary) costs 75,000 old Francs altogether, and that there be 43 in the present work, since the hour is come to reveal that which is hidden. This sovereign R+C missionary of 83 years (younger and more active than many young people) has said to us, "Go forward, do not let anything stop you". His wish is an old order. The Complete Great Work Photographed is off the presses. May heaven thus accord its graces to the future 250 possessors of these plates. That too is our dearest wish. Roger Caro N.B. --- The present work is the last public alchemical contact connecting our present Imperator and the Sons of Science.

Halloween 09

ionamiller — Wed, 04 Nov 2009 19:18:12 GMT

NYC Alchemy Lecture

ionamiller — Wed, 04 Nov 2009 19:11:36 GMT

Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law. Saturday, November 21, 2009 e.v. Tahuti Lodge, Ordo Templi Orientis, New York City, is proud to present ….. Special Guest Lecturer and noted author BRIAN COTNOIR Author of The Weiser Concise Guide to Alchemy Will be presenting a lecture on alchemy and the Ascent of the Soul OPEN EVENT 4:00-6:00 PM In Constantinople June 617AD, Stephanos of Alexandra finished writing a series of lectures called the Art of Gold-making. This work is the synthesis of alchemy to that time and a synopsis of what was transmitted to the Arabs and on to the West. By examining excerpts from this work, we will see the broad outlines of Byzantine alchemy with its more overt spiritual emphasis — alchemy as the ascent of the soul. In today's talk this idea of the ascent of the soul will be explored from a variety of perspectives and traditions. Please join noted author and practicing alchemist Brian Cotnoir, as he surveys the techniques and methods used by alchemists throughout history in their search for enlightenment and spiritual transformation. For more information: http://www.tahutilo dge.org/alchemic al_enlightenment .php THIS EVENT WILL BE HELD In Manhattan 440 STUDIOS440 Lafayette St New York, NY 10003-6919 STUDIO 3C (3rd floor) Between Astor Place and East 4th St. Directly across from The Public Theater. Elevator to the 3rd & 4th Floors. For directions and transit info see here: http://440studios. com/how-do- i-get-there/ <http://440studios. com/how-do- i-get-there/> Admission is $11 in advance and $13 at the door Seating is limited Please reserve your seat using Paypal Use the paypal button on the webpage http://www.tahutilo dge.org/alchemic al_enlightenment .php <http://www.tahutilo dge.org/alchemic al_enlightenment .php> OR Send Paypal payment to: tahutilodge@ tahutilodge. org <mailto:tahutilodge@ tahutilodge. org> You will get a confirmation for your payment by email. Copies of The Weiser Concise Guide to Alchemy will be available for purchase. To RSVP for this event or to receive information or directions, please email tahutilodge@ tahutilodge. org <http://us.f606. mail.yahoo. com/ym/Compose? To=tahutilodge@ tahutilodge. org\ &YY=9367&y5beta= yes&y5beta= yes&order= down&sort= date&pos= 1&view=a& head=b> Also coming ….. On Saturday, December 5th, 2009 In commemoration of the 100th anniversary of the Rider-Waite tarot deck, Tahuti Lodge, Ordo Templi Orientis is proud to present….. Professional Tarot Reader Courtney Weber for a Tarot Reading Workshop Burning the F****G book: when to let the cards do the talking Read tarot like A pro OPEN EVENT 4:00 –7:00 pm For more information: http://www.tahutilo dge.org/tarot_ event.php <http://www.tahutilo dge.org/tarot_ event.php> For more information about Ordo Templi Orientis, Tahuti Lodge, and our events, please visit our website at: http://www.tahutilo dge.org/ Love is the law, love under will.

Ancient Human Metropolis Found in Africa

ionamiller — Tue, 03 Nov 2009 19:47:16 GMT

http://www.mondovista.com/adamscalendar.html By Dan Eden for viewzone. They have always been there. People noticed them before. But no one could remember who made them -- or why? Until just recently, no one even knew how many there were. Now they are everywhere -- thousands -- no, hundreds of thousands of them! And the story they tell is the most important story of humanity. But it's one we might not be prepared to hear. Something amazing has been discovered in an area of South Africa, about 150 miles inland, west of the port of Maputo. It is the remains of a huge metropolis that measures, in conservative estimates, about 1500 square miles. It's part of an even larger community that is about 10,000 square miles and appears to have been constructed -- are you ready -- from 160,000 to 200,000 BCE! The image [top of page] is a close-up view of just a few hundred meters of the landscape taken from google-earth. The region is somewhat remote and the "circles" have often been encountered by local farmers who assumed they were made by some indigenous people in the past. But, oddly, no one ever bothered to inquire about who could have made them or how old they were. This changed when researcher and author, Michael Tellinger, teamed up with Johan Heine, a local fireman and pilot who had been looking at these ruins from his years flying over the region. Heine had the unique advantage to see the number and extent of these strange stone foundations and knew that their significance was not being appreciated. "When Johan first introduced me to the ancient stone ruins of southern Africa, I had no idea of the incredible discoveries we would make in the year or two that followed. The photographs, artifacts and evidence we have accumulated points unquestionably to a lost and never-before-seen civilization that predates all others -- not by just a few hundred years, or a few thousand years... but many thousands of years. These discoveries are so staggering that they will not be easily digested by the mainstream historical and archaeological fraternity, as we have already experienced. It will require a complete paradigm shift in how we view our human history. " -- Tellinger Where it was found

The Rogue

ionamiller — Sat, 31 Oct 2009 16:35:23 GMT

Rogue River beauty

ionamiller — Sat, 31 Oct 2009 16:33:59 GMT

Rogue River in Grants Pass

holy cow

ionamiller — Wed, 28 Oct 2009 00:17:46 GMT

SWINE FLU CONCERN ... I'm not really concerned about swine flu. Here's my concern: 3 years ago, Chinese calendar year of the cow.....Mad Cow disease. 2 years ago, Chinese calendar year of the bird.....Avian flu. This year, Chinese calendar year of the pig.... Swine flu. Next year is the year of the cock .........Anybody else worried?

Manufractured History

ionamiller — Sun, 25 Oct 2009 04:35:32 GMT

WoMen Who Stare At (old) Goats

ionamiller — Sun, 25 Oct 2009 04:34:33 GMT

xxx

Expanded Tavistock timeline 2

ionamiller — Tue, 20 Oct 2009 02:40:41 GMT

1963 Kennedy Assassination. Dr. Stranglove film. Hal Puthoff Worked for eight years in the Microwave Laboratory at Stanford University till 1971 Martin Luther King delivers his famous speech, "I Have a Dream" during the "March on Washington." 1964 MK Search, truth-drug. Beatles in America. 1964, annual eugenics workshop-conference inaugurated, called the Princeton Conferences. At the third of these Princeton Conferences, not only were demographers, "behavioral geneticists," anthropologists, and psychiatrists in attendance, but a computer specialist attended. By November 1969, the Fifth Princeton Conference took the bold step of going under the title "Genetic Reconstruction of Human Populations." Remember that by then, the periodical Eugenics Quarterly had sanitized its name to Social Biology. By 1970 Rockefeller Center was more or less serving as a hub for discourse in behavioral eugenics." 1964 World’s Fair in New York that took place during an intense period of the Cold War, its planning no doubt underway during the time of the Cuban missile crisis. With its futurist IBM Pavilion the Fair acted as Trojan-Horse type propaganda. “Instruments of genocide,” Barbrook writes “were successfully disguised as benefactors of humanity.” Nuclear weapons, militarized computing, and militarized space use were presented as the utopian future being made real in the present The American "Civil Rights Act of 1964" is passed under the authority of the 14th Amendment and the Federal "Interstate Commerce Clause." Martin Luther King Jr. wins the Nobel Peace Prize. Vietnam - On July 30, 1964, a group of planners form the CIA, NSA, and Office of Naval Intelligence coordinated a raid on the North Vietnamese coast, using primarily the U.S. Navy Seals. The plan was to knock out a North Vietnamese radar station, but was unsuccessful, and drew fire from North Vietnamese troops. A more formal retaliation followed on August 2, when two North Vietnamese PT boats attacked the USS Maddox. Not surprisingly, that failed. On August 4, another U.S. destroyer, the Turner Joy, joined the Maddox and reported being attacked by North Vietnamese PT Boats. In this instance, however, no evidence of any boats - nor an attack - ever turned up. Nevertheless, on August 7, President Lyndon Baines Johnson told Congress that U.S. ships were twice attacked without provocation. The results was the infamous Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, which passed in the Senate by 88-2, in the House by 416-0. This gave Johnson a virtual blank check to wage war. 1965 According to the A.K. Rice Institute, "In 1965 Rice led a conference in the United States, as the Tavistock Method began to be developed in the U.S. by Margaret Rioch and others. The A.K. Rice Institute is now the U.S. equivalent of the Tavistock Institute. "A project in the U.S. called Project Pandora ... was undertaken in which chimpanzees were exposed to microwave radiation. The man who was in charge of this project said, 'the potential for exerting a degree of control on human behaviour by low level microwave radiation seems to exist' and he urged that the effects of microwaves be studied for 'possible weapons applications' ". (From "Electromagnetic Pollution: A Little Known Health Hazard. A new means of control?" by Kim Besley, Great Britain, p 14. Research from Woody Blue.) In 1965, Koslov, then a physicist at the Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA), suggested to Charles Weiss, head of security at the State Department, that a "a sober and systematic program of research" look into the "Moscow Signal", which was caused by microwave radiation being beamed into the Moscow American Embassy. This program eventually evolved into Project Pandora, America's first research program into the possible offensive, anti-personnel use of non-ionizing microwave radiation. (Steneck, Nicholas H., The Microwave Debate, The MIT Press, 1984, pg 94-5) A "Death Ray" weapon was developed by McFarlane Corporation, described as a modulated electron gun X-ray nuclear booster, could be adapted to communications, remote control and guidance systems, EM radiation telemetry and death ray. McFarlane claimed NASA stole the patent in 1965. Reported hearings before the House Subcommittee on Department of Defense Appropriations, chaired by Rep. George Mahon (Dem. - Texas). (From "Hearing Voices" by Alex Constantine, Hustler, Jan. 1994, pp 102-104, 113, 120, 134. Research by Harlan Girard.) CIA and Department of Defense begin Project MKSEARCH, a program to develop a capability to manipulate human behavior through the use of mind-altering drugs. Prisoners at the Holmesburg State Prison in Philadelphia are subjected to dioxin, the highly toxic chemical component of Agent Orange used in Vietnam. The men are later studied for development of cancer, which indicates that Agent Orange had been a suspected carcinogen all along. 1966 Brotherhood of Eternal Love, Laguna Beach 'hippie mafia' LSD wholesalers with Tim Leary and CIA connections. The Brotherhood of Eternal Love was an informal organization of psychedelic drug enthusiasts and dealers that operated in the late 1960s. Founded in Anaheim at The Church, the group was headquartered in the Mystic Arts bookstore on Pacific Coast Highway, a common stopping point for those traveling south from Haight Ashbury to Mexico. Timothy Leary, the excommunicated Harvard psychology professor and devotee of free love and author of "turn on, tune in and drop out," became the resident godfather of the group. Leary said, "The whole concept of the Brotherhood of Eternal Love is like a bogeyman invented by the narcs. The brotherhood was about eight surfer kids from Southern California, Laguna Beach, who took the LSD, and they practiced the religion of the worship of nature, and they'd go into the mountains. But they were not bigshots at all. None of them ever drove anything better than a VW bus. They were just kind of in it for the spiritual thrill." The Ramparts Affair - The radical magazine Ramparts begins a series of unprecedented anti-CIA articles. Among their scoops: the CIA has paid the University of Michigan $25 million dollars to hire "professors" to train South Vietnamese students in covert police methods. MIT and other universities have received similar payments. Ramparts also reveal that the National Students' Association is a CIA front. Students are sometimes recruited through blackmail and bribery, including draft deferments. CIA initiates Project MKOFTEN, a program to test the toxicological effects of certain drugs on humans and animals. U.S. Army dispenses Bacillus subtilis variant niger throughout the New York City subway system. More than a million civilians are exposed when army scientists drop lightbulbs filled with the bacteria onto ventilation grates. Rockefeller Foundation helps establish a center for population research at the Univer-sity of North Carolina. Similar support follows for Harvard, Columbia, University of Michigan, and others. 1967 Summer of Love. Haight-Ashbury. Ramparts, a radical magazine, exposes CIA sponsorship of the National Student Association, a Cord Meyer project. Meyer's best friend, James Angleton, assigns CIA officer Richard Ober to begin a leak investigation into the Ramparts story. Ober's probe is soon expanded into a spy program on the countercultural and student-protests movements, code named CHAOS. Just as CHAOS is launched Leary moves from upstate New York contemplating The Tibetan Book of the Dead, to the Southern California countercultural scene. He became a media-hound, urging all to "Tune In, Turn On, Drop Out." He lives in Laguna Beach with the Brotherhood of Eternal Love, the 'hippie mafia' who have CIA connections also. The Brotherhood is controlled by Ronald Stark, whom an Italian High Court will later conclude has been a CIA agent since 1960, and the Brotherhood's funds are channeled through Castle Bank in the Bahamas, a known CIA "proprietary." For two years Leary lives at Brotherhood headquarters, located on a ranch in Laguna Beach. During this period, the Brotherhood corners the U.S. market on LSD and begins distributing only one variety of the drug, "Orange Sunshine." Stark says he plans to distribute the product to CIA-backed guerillas fighting Chinese occupation; he reportedly knows a high-placed Tibetan close to the Dalai Lama, and wants to provide enough LSD to dose all Chinese troops in Tibet. In the U.S., meanwhile, Stark provides enough Orange Sunshine to dose the hippie culture and radical left many times over. This is the "bad acid" on which Charles Manson's followers murder Sharon Tate, and on which Hell's Angels stab to death a black man during a concert by the Rolling Stones. The Summer of Love has been supplanted by a Season of Hate. Because of this, many countercultural insiders -- including William S. Burroughs, White Panther leader John Sinclair, and Merry Prankster Ken Kesey -- will eventually entertain the theory that Stark, Leary, and Orange Sunshine are all part of CIA plot to discredit and neutralize the radical left. According to former radicals Martin Lee and Bruce Shalin, widespread use of Orange Sunshine "contributed significantly to the demise of the New Left, for it heightened the metabolism of the body politic and accelerated all the changes going on... In its hyped-up condition, the New Left burned itself out."According to declassified government documents, CIA now has a CHAOS agent with "particularly good entree into the highest levels of the domestic radical community," who is providing "extremely personal data." It is decided to send this agent to infiltrate the overseas headquarters of the Black Panthers, but this will not be accomplished for many months. In the meantime, CIA will debrief him for purely domestic information about his associates, in part because he does not "wish to deal with the FBI." This description perfectly fits Leary. No one has better "entree" than Leary, who has recently been helicoptered in as the guest of honor at Woodstock. Few have more "personal" data on radical figures than the man who is personally turning them on. The overall pattern of Leary's career, his continual links to people who are linked to CIA, is certainly suggestive. So is the fact that, like CIA's "star agent," his willingness to mix with CIA-types does not extend to the FBI, which Leary has disliked since Liddy's raid on Milbrook Operation PHEONIX - The CIA helps South Vietnamese agents identify and then murder alleged Viet Cong leaders operating in South Vietnamese villages. According to a 1971 congressional report, this operation killed about 20,000 "Viet Cong." CIA and Department of Defense implement Project MKNAOMI, successor to MKULTRA and designed to maintain, stockpile and test biological and chemical weapons. 1968 Woodstock Nation. Erlich's Population Bomb published. Assassinations of Martin Luther King, Jr. and Robert Kennedy. Eldon Byrd published a paper on the telemetry of brain waves in the "Proceedings" of the International Telemetering Conference, 1972. Byrd: Physical Scientist at the Naval Surface Weapons Center, White Oaks Laboratory, Silver Springs, Maryland (1968- unknown, at least 1981) Byrd describes his work with Naval Surface Weapons as "predicting what war will be like in the future." Dr. Gordon J. F. MacDonald, science advisor to President Lyndon Johnson, wrote, "Perturbation of the environment can produce changes in behavioral patterns." He was referring to low frequency EM waves in the ionosphere affecting human brain wave patterns. (Unless Peace Comes, a Scientific Forecast of New Weapons, cited in "New World Order ELF Psychotronic Tyranny", a paper by C. B. Baker.) 1969 Earth Day mass environmental movement established. The CIA experiments in mind control under the name Operation Often. The operation employed psychics and experts in demonology in addition to the normal assortment of chemists, biologists, and other conventional scientists. 1970 "The technotronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by and elite, unrestrained by traditional values." --Zbigniew Brzezinsky, Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era, 1970 Henry Kissinger, whose meteoric rise to power is otherwise inexplicable, was a German refugee and student of Sir John Rawlings-Reese at SHAEF. Programmer, Dr. Peter Bourne, a Tavistock Institute psychologist, picked Jimmy Carter for President of the U.S., solely because Carter had undergone an intensive brainwashing program administered by Admiral Hyman Rickover at the Naval Academy in Annapolis, Maryland. Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Jimmy Carter's National Security Director, said in his book, Between Two Ages, weather control was a new weapon that would be the key element of strategy. "Technology will make available to leaders of major nations a variety of techniques for conducting secret warfare..." He also wrote "Accurately timed, artificially excited electronic strokes could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the Earth ... one could develop a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of a very large population in selected regions over an extended period." [Cited in Baker's "ELF Psychotronic Tyranny" paper.] 1971 "Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac." --Henry Kissenger, NY Times. Clockwork Orange film. "Future Shock" published. Hal Puthoff joined SRI in 1971 as a specialist in laser physics. According to Jack Sarfatti, a "very, very sophisticated and successful covert psychological warfare operation run by the late Brendan O Regan of the Institute of Noetic Sciences and the late Harold Chipman who was the CIA station chief responsible for all mind-control research in the Bay Area in the 70's. 1972 Watergate scandal. "Limits to Growth" published by Club of Rome. SRI - Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford Research Institute, in a 1952 speech made it clear what lines the institute was to follow. Stanford can be described as one of the "jewels" in Tavistock's Crown in its rule over the United States. Founded in 1946 immediately after the close of WWII, it was presided over by Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on mind control research and "future sciences." Included under the Stanford umbrella was Charles F. Kettering Foundation which developed the "Changing Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian Conspiracy rests. Experiments conducted in remote viewing at Stanford Research Institute (SRI). CIA conducts evaluations, paying $50k experimental contract. Hal Puthoff, Russell Targ, Ingo Swann, Joe McMoneagle, Project SCANGATE, Project STARGATE ten-year ESP program including the DIA, the CIA, NASA, and Army Intelligence. 2009 film, Men Who Stare At Goats. Stanford Research is plugged into at least 200 smaller "think tanks" doing research into every facet of life in America. Rockefeller proposed the creation of an International Commission of Peace and Prosperity in early 1972 (which would later become the Trilateral Commission). At the 1972 Bilderberg meeting, the idea was widely accepted, but elsewhere, it got a cool reception. According to Rockefeller, the organization could "be of help to government by providing measured judgment." In 1969, Abraham Maslow, Stanislav Grof and Anthony Sutich were among the initiators behind the publication of the first issue of the Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, the leading academic journal in the field (Chinen, 1996:10). This was soon to be followed by the founding of the Association for Transpersonal Psychology (ATP) in 1972. Past presidents of the association include Alyce Green, James Fadiman, Frances Vaughan, Arthur Hastings, Daniel Goleman, Robert Frager, Ronald Jue, Jeanne Achterberg and Dwight Judy. In the 1980s and 90s the field developed through the works of such authors as Jean Houston, Stanislav Grof, Ken Wilber, Michael Washburn, Frances Vaughan, Roger Walsh, Stanley Krippner, Michael Murphy, Charles Tart, David Lukoff, Vasily Nalimov and Stuart Sovatsky. While Wilber has been considered an influential writer and theoretician in the field, he has since personally dissociated himself from the movement in favor of what he calls an integral approach. Bruce Maccabee: Dr. Maccabee has been a Research Physicist at the Naval Surface Weapons Center in Silver Spring, Maryland since 1972. His work has centered on high power lasers, underwater sound, and the Ballistic Missile Defense. He holds a Ph.D. in Physics from the American University in Washington, D.C. Dr. Maccabee was a member of the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena. In early 1972, psychic Ingo Swann heard of Hal Puthoff's research proposal through Cleve Backster. According to Swann, Backster maintained his intelligence connections, and Backster reported that the CIA was interested in his experiments. Some of Backster's experiments are documented in "PRIMARY PERCEPTION: Cleve Backster's astounding mind/plant communication discovery!", Australian Lateral Thinking Newsletter,1996 Puthoff Head of the SRI remote viewing program, 1972-85. After he left, Puthoff was replaced with Ed May. Former Naval Intelligence Officer. (Puthoff, Harold, "CIA-Initiated Remote Viewing Program at Stanford Research Institute", Journal of Scientific Exploration, Vol. 10, No. 1, Spring 1996) 1973 The first Psychotronic Conference was held in Prague, Czechoslovakia, in June of 1973. Mankind Research Unlimited (MRU), Dr. Carl Schleicher, Director is D.C. equivalent of the Stanford Research Institute thinktank. Holographic Concept of Reality, Miller & Webb 1974 Jack Sarfatti is Director of a physics program at the Esalen Institute. He's been funded by Werner Erhard and Jean Lanier, a friend of Laurance Rockefeller. (Sarfatti, Jack, "The Parsifal Effect", The Destiny Matrix) Sarfatti met with Puharich, Uri Geller, and Ira Einhorn at Puharich's Ossining ranch. Einhorn acted as a literary agent for Sarfatti, and brought him to Esalen Physics /Consciousness research group.This is where it all started back in 1975. PCRG was co-founded by Jack Sarfatti and Michael Murphy at the Esalen Institute in Big Sur, California in 1974. Financed by Werner Erhard, Jean Lanier and the late George Koopman, the PCRG nurtured the creation of books like Space-Time and Beyond, The Tao of Physics, The Dancing Wu Li Masters, Cosmic Trigger, and The Roots of Consciousness. The group included the physicists and authors, Fred Alan Wolf, Nick Herbert and Fritjof Capra, along with Saul Paul Sirag, Henry Dakin, Robert Anton Wilson, Uri Geller, Barbara Honneger, the late Brendan O Regan, George Leonard, Gary Zukav, Ira Einhorn, and artist Lynn Hershmann. Nobel Laureate, Brian Josephson, along with physicists David Finkelstein, Russell Targ, Karl Pribram, Henry Stapp, Phillipe Eberhard, and Ralph Abraham, all came for shorter visits. 1975 Cable TV begins. 1976 Apple Computer founded. 1977 Fred Emery of Tavistock publishes Futures We Are In. Theory of adaptive retreat. Christopher Bird Presented a paper on dowsing and the psychic ability of plants at the "Mind Over Matter" conference at Penn State University, late January, 1977, organized by Ira Einhorn. Other attendees included Andrija Puharichand Thomas Bearden. (Levy, pg 189) Soon afterwards, Einhorn and the psychic mafia focused their attention on ELF mind control. (Levy, pg 190). He suggests that his murder charge could have been a set-up by the CIA or KGB for his interest in activities by America and Russia in the areas of psychic warfare, Tesla technology, and mind control. (Levy, pg 242) Puharich says that Einhorn's work wasn't important enough to elicit such a reaction. (Levy, pg 308) The likelihood is that Einhorn, like many of the individuals involved in COINTELPRO, was merely a "useful idiot," who was as manipulated as those he sought to manipulate. Einhorn led seminars at the Esalen Institute and was involved with the Physics/Consciousness Research Group. He reportedly worked with Congressman Charlie Rose, a large supporter of psychic studies, on classified projects. 1979 Iran - The CIA fails to predict the fall of the Shah of Iran, a longtime CIA puppet, and the rise of Muslim fundamentalists who are furious at the CIA's backing of SAVAK, the Shah's bloodthirsty secret police. In revenge, the Muslims take 52 Americans hostage in the U.S. embassy in Tehran. 1979 Mochtar Riady and Stephens Inc set up Stephens Finance Ltd. In Hong Kong. Lance is indicted on charges of violating federal banking laws. Clifford's partner, Robert Altman, represents Lance who eventually achieves a hung jury. During this same period, Stephens is, according to Peter Truell and Larry Gurwin in "False Profits," playing "a crucial role in BCCI's penetration of the US market. In February, 1979, Alfred Hubbard attended an LSD reuinion party, hosted by Dr. Oscar Janiger, along with Laura Huxley, Sidney Cohn, John Lilly, Willis Harman, and Timothy Leary, among others. (Lee and Schlain, 213) Around 1979, SRI funded a project of Tart's which screened university students and faculty for psychic ability. (Schnabel, Jim, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America's Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, pg 225-6) 1980 CNN founded by Ted Turner. Globalization of world economy. Another of Tavistock's minions, Bertram Gross, in a paper delivered to a 1981 World Future Society conference attended by Al Gore, provided a glimpse of what this ``new world order'' might look like. Gross argued that in the period ahead, the world would be offered what Tavistock likes to call a ``critical choice''--a set of options, all of which appear to be bad, but, because of applied terror and pressure of events, a choice is nonetheless forced and the ``less bad'' option taken. Western industrial society will break down into chaos; this chaos can, he said, either lead to a fascism of the authoritarian type that the British helped install in Nazi Germany, or to a more humane and benevolent form of fascism, which Gross called a ``friendly fascism.'' The choice, Gross proclaimed, is to attempt to go back to the old industrial paradigm, under which there will be Nazi fascism; or, to embrace post-industrialism, where there will be a ``friendly fascism.'' The latter, he said, is clearly preferable, since it is merely a transition to a new ``global information world order,'' which will involve more personal choice and freedom, a true open and participatory mass democracy. For Gross, the choice is clear: In any case, there will be pain and suffering; but only the ``friendly fascism'' of the global information order, of a society wired together by cable television, satellites, and computer lines, offers hope for a better ``future.'' Who shall administer this ``friendly fascist'' world order? Gross explained that there now truly exists a ``Golden International,'' a term that he credited to the late Communist International (Comintern) leader Nikolai Bukharin. It is an enlightened international elite, based within the powerful European-centered oligarchy that controls the global multinational communications industry, as well as other critical resources and global finance. This elite must be instructed and informed by the intelligence of the Tavistock networks; they must be shown that the great masses of television-fixated mental zombies can be won easily to this brave new world, through inducements of entertainments and the endless supply of ``information.'' Once the masses are won over, through ``education,'' then the resistance within national sectors will collapse. 1981 MTV . Eldon Byrd who worked for Naval Surface Weapons, Office of Non-Lethal Weapons, was commissioned in 1981 to develop electromagnetic devices for purposes including 'riot control', clandestine operations and hostage removal." "Byrd also wrote of experiments where behavior of animals was controlled by exposure to weak electromagnetic fields. 'At a certain frequency and power intensity, they could make the animal purr, lay down and roll over.'" (Keeler, Anna, "Remote Mind Control Technology") "Between 1981 and September 1982, the Navy commissioned me to investigate the potential of developing electromagnetic devices that could be used as non-lethal weapons by the Marine Corp for the purpose of 'riot control', hostage removal, clandestine operations, and so on." Eldon Byrd, Naval Surface Weapons Center, Silver Spring MD. (From "Electromagnetic Pollution" by Kim Besly, p 12.) ``Americans don't really think--they have opinions, feelings,'' said the Futures Group's Hal Becker in a 1981 interview. ``Television creates opinion, then validates it. Are they brainwashed by the tube? It is really more than that. I think that people have lost their ability to relate the images of their own lives without television intervening. This really is what we mean when we say we have a wired society. We are headed for an Orwellian society, but Orwell made a mistake in 1984. Big Brother doesn't need to watch you, as long as you watch it. And who can say that this is really so bad?' 1982 Gordon Lawrence "discovers" a Social Dreaming Matrix at Tavistock in 1982. Dreams could be used to extract cultural knowledge and scientific ideas, illumine social situations, provided the Sphinx knowledge perspective was used, and not the classic Oedipal one. "Knowledge of the dream is the focus. Knowledge can be of three kinds. (a) Knowledge of the inanimate world which is expressed through mathematics, and physics making use of mathematical and mechanical metaphors, and formal logic. (b) Knowledge of the organic world as expressed in biology which is linked with the use of evolutionary and organic metaphors, and dialectical logic. (c) Knowledge of the world of the personal, which is the highest and most comprehensive form of knowledge being the mutual knowledge of two persons. This personal knowledge includes the material and organic." A Matrix is a place (Dreamland) from which something grows, acknowledging the unconscious, both personal and social, including the critical feelings and emotions of participants. A group is bounded by a universe of meaning but a Matrix is open and facilitates a multi-verse of meaning. Divergent thinking is possible in the Matrix, a generative working hypothesis with intellectual and spiritual qualities. Often the 'unthought known' of the system is voiced, the 'secret' that is recognized but not spoken as a factor in the being of the system. All these techniques induce a trance state because they function hypnotically, swinging wide the 'Doors of Perception,' described by Tavistock pioneer, Aldous Huxley. Tavistock wrote the blueprint for global domination, a triumph of image over substance. They wrote the book on propaganda, prognostication and profiling -- the staples of the full-spectrum surveillance society. They have contrived history. Elisabeth and Russell Targ held a workshop on psychic phenomena for twenty-five professionals. This was part of a program with Stanislav Grof, who was studying non-chemical alternatives for altered states of consciousness. The Targs goal was to show that psychic experiences did not require an altered state. (Targ, Russell and Harary, Keith, Mind Race, Villard Books, 1984, pg 99) Grof served briefly as the branch chief of the operational unit of Star Gate from around 1982 or 83 until he resigned in summer of 1993 1983 Crack hits streets of U.S. Center Lane was the codename for the operational unit of the remote-viewing program, redesignated from Grill Flame in late 1983. Control of the unit shifted from INSCOM's operation group to the more direct control of Albert Stubblebine. The unit was known as INSCOM Center Lane Project (ICLP). (Schnabel, Jim, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America's Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, pg 280) In late 1983, four more individuals were recruited to Center Lane: Captain Ed Dames, Captain Bill Ray (counterintelligence specialist), Captain Paul Smith, and Charlene Cavanaugh (civilian analyst with INSCOM). These four began a training program, which began at The Monroe Institute and concluded with personal training with Ingo Swann. (Schnabel, 1997, pg 292-3) After Gen. Stubblebine's retirement in 1984, Center Lane was completely without support in the Army. Jack Vorona arranged for the unit to be transferred directly to the DIA's Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate when Army funding ran out in late 1985, at which time it was redesignated Sun Streak. Until that time, the unit was given no official taskings. (Schnabel, 1997, pg 319) CENTER LANE started when Ingo Swann at SRI came across a breakthrough in his techniques in 1983. He developed a training program and trained six military officers, including Ed Dames, over a period of six months. After finishing the training in late 1983, the viewers returned and started applying their knowledge. The unit was renamed CENTER LANE, with Dames as the operations and training officer. "Dames took a 'let's see what this baby can do' approach, replacing theunit's former intelligence collection methodology with the breakthrough technique." (Dames, Ed "Ed Dames Sets the Record Straight") [Keep in mind that Dames is a major disinfo artist.] Honduras - The CIA gives Honduran military officers the Human Resource Exploitation Training Manual - 1983, which teaches how to torture people. Honduras' notorious "Battalion 316" then uses these techniques, with the CIA's full knowledge, on thousands of leftist dissidents. At least 184 are murdered. 1984 In January, Apple computer introduces the "Macintosh ¨" the first even remotely inexpensive GUI-based computer with a mouse. In England, British Telecom is 'privatized.' "USSR: New Beam Energy Possible?", possibly associated with early Soviet weather engineering efforts over the U.S. (From "Tesla's Electromagnetics and Its Soviet Weaponization" by T. E. Bearden.) According to former Reagan aide Barbara Honneger, "the fundamental reason for the increased interest [in psi research] is initial results coming out of laboratories in the United States and Canada that certain amplitude and frequency combinations of external electromagnetic radiation in the brain-wave frequency range are capable of bypassing the external sensory mechanism of organisms, including humans, and directly stimulating higher-level neuronal structures in the brain. This electronic stimulation is known to produce mental changes at a distance, including hallucinations in various sensory modalities, particularly auditory." (McRae, Ronald, Mind Wars, St. Martin's Press, 1984, pg 136) [Hambone writes in regard to the above] The overlap between these two fields can be described as: Mis-identification Some ELF mind-control studies have been discussed under the heading of psychotronics. Many, myself included, don't agree with this label, as there is no psychic component in the study of the effects of electromagnetic radiation on the central nervous system. Coincidental Findings: As in most scientific fields, research that is tangential for one project may be central to another. Navy studies in ELF communications included a portion on possible health effects. When these findings were revealed, the possibilty of using ELF as a weapon arose, and studies were continued in that direction. However, we can't say that all of the Navy's research into ELF radio was a front for mind-control, as they have a definite interest in communication with their submarines. The same may be true for remote-viewing studies. Studies at SRI and elsewhere measured and analyzed subject's brain waves, and also studied the effects of ELF waves as a possible carrier for telepathic information. Tech Enhanced Psi: Some studies, especially those involving dolphins, tried to use technology to enhance psychic phenomena. Most of this is pure bunk, including most of the inventions I've seen created by the Russians and the US Psychotronic Association. Some of it resembles telepathy simulated by technology, such as the attempt to carry signals from dolphins to humans via the Neurophone. This would seem to to fit better under misidentification. Cover: Remote viewing, like UFOs, has been postulated by some researchers as being used as a cover story for covert mind-control experiments. This plan would convince the victims that the "voices" or sensory data they were unnaturally receiving was due to channeling, telepathy, or remote-viewing. It would also have the "high-weirdness" factor, which would preclude a serious treatment of the subject by the mainstream media. However, I'm hesitant to lump the entire spectrum of government interest in psi in this category. 1985 Stewart Brand founds The Well, first Interne-based community. Founded by Ed May, the Cognitive Sciences Laboratory was formed at SRI in 1985 and moved with May to SAIC. May and the Cognitive Sciences Laboratory are currently at a "small start-up research place called the Laboratories for Fundamental Research". (Email from Ed May, 8/7/96) Joe McMoneagle is listed as a research associate. Other staff members include S. James. P. Spottiswoode, Earling DeGraff, Nevin D. Lantz, Philip Wasserman, Laura V. Faith, Ellen Messer, and Stephan A. Schwartz. Click here to visit their home page, which May claims has the only declassified information on the remote-viewing program on the net. "I (Dean Radin) took a leave of absence from Bell Labs in 1985, and spent that entire year at SRI International, working with Hal Puthoff and Ed May. Since then I spent about half my time in academia (Princeton, Edinburgh, UNLV) and half in industry (Contel Technology Center, GTE Labs). My academic research was exclusively on psi phenomena, and my industrial research included about 20% on psi." "I'm not in favor of developing or using psi for any military purposes, but unfortunately there are those in the world who would use psi as a weapon if they could. Thus, I reluctantly suppose that R& D on psi for intelligence and possibly military purposes can be justified for defensive reasons. It would be naive to think that someone, somewhere is not working on this right now." (Interview with the RetroPsychoKinesis Project) Since the early 1970s, Puthoff had been a part-time, paid consultant to Bill Church regarding alternative fuel sources. At Puthoff's urging, Church developed a company, Jupiter Technologies, to research zero-point energy. In the summer of 1985, after giving only two weeks notice, Puthoff left SRI to work for Church full time. (Schnabel, Jim, 1997, pg 323) 1986 IRAN-CONTRA The Reagan Administration sells arms to Ayatollah Khomeini's Iran and uses money illegally [i.e., contrary to the so-called Boland Amendment] to fund military operations in Nicaragua. Eugene Hasenfus - Nicaragua shoots down a C-123 transport plane carrying military supplies to the Contras. The lone survivor, Eugene Hasenfus, turns out to be a CIA employee, as are the two dead pilots. The airplane belongs to Southern Air Transport, a CIA front. The incident makes a mockery of President Reagan's claims that the CIA is not illegally arming the Contras. [search chip tatum] Iran/Contra Scandal - Although the details have long been known, the Iran/Contra scandal finally captures the media's attention in 1986. Congress holds hearings, and several key figures (like Oliver North) lie under oath to protect the intelligence community. CIA Director William Casey dies of brain cancer before Congress can question him. All reforms enacted by Congress after the scandal are purely cosmetic. On 2/10/86, Cleve Backster's lab was visited by National Research Council's Committee on Techniques for the Enhancement of Human Performance. The NRC was evaluating enhancement and parapsychological studies conducted for the Army, so it is likely that Backster's research was involved with the government. (National Research Council, Enhancing Human Performance, National Academy of Sciences, 1988, pg 193-8 1988 The Pentagon is ordered by courts to cease EMP tests at several locations due to a lawsuit filed by an environmental group. (From The Washington Post, May 15, 1988, see "US and Soviets Develop Death Ray", Resonance 11, p 10. Research by Remy Chevalier.) Senator Claiborne Pell from Rhode Island. Member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Club of Rome. Decorated by the Knights of Malta. Along with Charlie Rose, Pell is one of Washington's biggest supporters of psychic research. In1988 he introduced a bill to get government funding for the new age group the National Committee on Human Resources (Al Gore was a co-sponsor). On the advisory board of the International Association of Near-Death Studies, and on the board of the Institute of Noetic Sciences and the Human Potential Foundation For seven years, Claiborne Pell employed C.B. Scott Jones as an aide. (Gardner, Martin, "Clairborne Pell: The Senator From Outer Space", Skeptical Inquirer, March/April 1996) Chairman of the Foreign Relations Committee. Pell was a close friend of BCCI figure Clark Clifford. (Truell, Peter and Gurwin, Larry, False Profits, Houghton Mifflin Company, 1992, pg 240) 1989 In 1989, under the initiative of Trist, Tavistock convened a seminar at Case Western Reserve University to discuss the means to bring about a ``stateless'' international fascism--a new global information world order. In 1991, Tavistock devoted its journal, Human Relations, to the publication of the papers from that conference. In several of the papers, the call went out for the deployment of the mass media on behalf of this project. In addition, since 1981, there was now a new technology at the disposal of the brainwashers--the Internet. According to Harold Perlmutter, one of the participants at the Case Western seminar, the Internet represented a subversive means to penetrate national borders with ``information'' about this new world order; it also serves as a glue for a network of non-governmental organizations, all circulating propaganda for the new world order. These NGOs are to be the superstructure upon which the new world order is to be built. Perlmutter, and other conference participants, argued that their movement cannot be beaten, because it doesn't exist, in a formal sense. It resides in the minds of its conspirators, minds informed by Tavistock's mass-media brainwashing machine. As television was the information drug during the last half of this millennium, so the Internet, with its glut of mostly useless chatter and ``information,'' with its subversive, programmed messages, is to be the new ``drug'' of the next millennium, Tavistock boasts. 1989 MUFON appointed C.B. Scott Jones as a Special Consultant in International Relations In November, The East German Government tore down the Berlin Wall. East and West Germany were subsequently reunited. TRIDENT, ONR, NSA: Electronic directed targeting of individuals or populations Targeting: Large population groups assembled Display: Black helicopters flying in triad formation of three Power: 100,000 watts Frequency: UHF Purpose: Large group management and behavior control, riot control Allied Agencies: FEMA Pseudonym: "Black Triad" A.E.M.C Human Potential Foundation Founder and president: C.B. Scott Jones Board members include Clark Sandground and Claiborne Pell. Received original funding from Laurance Rockefeller. Passes funds from Rockefeller to UFO abduction researcher John Mack. Worked with Dr. Igor Smirnov. Michael Persinger feels that he is able to replicate alien abduction and other supernatural phenomena through the use of three solenoids (attached to a modified motorcycle helmet) passing a magnetic pulse through the frontal lobes of the brain. Solenoids are called "magnetic coils" by psychiatrists, who use them as a non-intrusive alternative to implantable electrodes for stimulating the brain. (see Hallett, Mark and Cohen, Leonardo, "Magnetism: a New Method for Stimulation of Nerve and Brain", JAMA, 7/28/89, pg 530) John Alexander: I have served as chief of Advanced Human Technology for the Army Intelligence and Security Command (1982-84) and, during the preparation of the EHP [Enhancing Human Performance] Report, was director of the Advanced Systems Concepts Office at the U.S. Army Laboratory Command." Alexander stated: "..psychotronic weapons lack traditional scientific documentation, and I do not suggest that research projects be carried out in that field." (Alexander, Col. John, "A Challenge to the Report", New Realities, March/April 1989 Psi Tech Founded in 1989 by President Ed Dames. Their Vice President is Jonina Dourif. A John L. Turner is listed as a monitor. Board Members include John B. Alexander and Gen. Albert Stubblebine Panama - The U.S. invades Panama to overthrow a dictator of its own making, General Manuel Noriega. Noriega has been on the CIA's payroll since 1966, and has been transporting drugs with the CIA's knowledge since 1972. By the late 80s, Noriega's growing independence and intransigence have angered Washington. So out he goes. 1990 Information Operations (Info Ops) is an evolving discipline within the military. It has emerged from earlier concepts such as "Command & Control Warfare" and "Information Warfare" - mainly US-dominated, originating in the 1990s and considering lessons learned from the Gulf War(s), phenomena like the so-called "CNN Effect" and enormous advances in Information Technology. Iraqi leader, Saddam Hussein orders an invasion of Kuwait. According to an anonymous BBC television reporter, Dr Louis West headed up the medical oversight for the Ft. Meade remote-viewing operational unit. (Constantine, Alex, "'Remote Viewing' at Stanford Research Institute or Illicit CIA Mind Control Experimentation?") West was also a "Member of the medical oversight board for Science Applications International Corp. remote-viewing research in early 1990s" RF MEDIA, 1990, CIA: Electronic, multi-directional subliminal suggestion and programming Location: Boulder, Colorado (Location of main cell telephone node, national television synchronization node) Targeting: national population of the United States Frequencies: ULF VHF HF Phase modulation Power: Gigawatts Implementation: Television and radio communications, the "videodrome" signals Purpose: Programming and triggering behavioral desire, subversion of psychic abilities of population, preparatory processing for mass electromagnetic control Pseudonym: "Buzz Saw" E.E.M.C. TOWER, CIA, NSA: Electronic cross country subliminal programming and suggestion Targeting: Mass population, short-range intervals, long-range cumulative Frequencies: Microwave, EHF SHF Methodology: Cellular telephone system, ELF modulation Purpose: Programming through neural resonance and encoded information Effect: Neural degeneration, DNA resonance modification, psychic suppression Pseudonym: "Wedding Bells" More than 1500 six-month old black and hispanic babies in Los Angeles are given an "experimental" measles vaccine that had never been licensed for use in the United States. CDC later admits that parents were never informed that the vaccine being injected to their children was experimental. 1991 n a 1991 anthology of the work's of Tavistock which he edited, Trist wrote that all of the international ``nodes'' or centers of the institute's brainwashing apparatus were deployed for the central purpose of consolidating the paradigm-shift to a ``post-industrial world order.'' Their goal, he stated, was to make the shift irreversible. In this work, and in other locations, Trist, like Alexander King, urges a mass ``reeducational'' campaign to break the last vestiges of national resistance, especially within the United States, to this new, one-world order. SRI's remote viewing project moved to SAIC The Fall of the Soviet Union - The CIA fails to predict this most important event of the Cold War. This suggests that it has been so busy undermining governments that it hasn't been doing its primary job: gathering and analyzing information. The fall of the Soviet Union also robs the CIA of its reason for existence: fighting communism. This leads some to accuse the CIA of intentionally failing to predict the downfall of the Soviet Union. Curiously, the intelligence community's budget is not significantly reduced after the demise of communism. Soviet rule ends in Lithuania, and the statue of Lenin is removed. Gregory v. Ashcroft Advances the idea that Article IV's guarantee of republican government in conjunction with the 10 Amendment protects dual citizenship and not merely tradition. The Treaty of Maastricht is signed. The blueprint for a single European currency is formalized. The era of the modern personal computer begins with the release of Microsoft's MS-DOS 5.0 ¨ and Windows 3.1 ¨ operating systems for use on new 400 series 32 bit x86 microprocessors with built-in math co-processors. The Persian Gulf War. According to Defense News, April 13 - 19, 1992, the US deployed an electromagnetic pulse weapon (EMP) in Desert Storm, designed to mimic the flash of electricity from a nuclear bomb. The Sandia National Laboratory had built a 23,000 square meter laboratory on the Kirkland Air Force Base, 1989, to house the Hermes II electron beam generator capable of producing 20 Trillion Watt pulses lasting 20 billionths to 25 billionths of a second. This X-ray simulator is called a Particle Beam Fusion Accelerator. A stream of electrons hitting a metal plate can produce a pulsed X-ray or gamma ray. Hermes II had produced electron beams since 1974. These devices were apparently tested during the Gulf War, although detailed information on them is sparse 1992 - 1995 Bosnian War 1992 Eldon Byrd told me [Dick Farley] about it [lawsuit w/ Randi] over dinner at C. B. "Scott" Jones home one evening of several we spent together back in '92 and '93 there" "Byrd said that Uri Geller put up $10,000 for his legal costs. Byrd and Geller are good friends, from back in the '70s..." "Byrd says he had been "set-up" by postal inspectors, part of some initiative to discredit him because he was too public with his personal interests in "psi," etc. He'd allegedly had some Navy security clearance issues dog him, which contributed to his early retirement as one of their senior most civilian scientists." "When he was still with the Navy, Dr. Byrd was the contract manager for some of the research Michael Persinger did, on 'neuro-impacts' of various EMFs and ELFs. Something about wave-propagation and influences on submariners if somebody "beeped" them with mind-influencing EMF signals, etc., that kind of thing." (Farley, Dick, "False Memory Spindrome") John Alexander. Last year, Alexander organized a national conference devoted to researching 'reports of ritual abuse, near-death experiences, human contacts with extraterrestrial aliens and other so-called anomalous experiences,' the Albuquerque Journal reported in March 1993 December. "The U.S. Army's Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center is conducting a one-year study of ACOUSTIC BEAM TECHNOLOGY ... the command awarded the one year study to Scientific Applications and Research Associates of Huntington Beach CA. Related research is conducted at the Moscow based Andreev Institute." (From "U.S. Explores Russian Mind Control Technology", by Barbara Opal, Defense News, Jan 11-17, 1993. Research by Harlan Girard and others.) Dan Smith [Aviary's physicist "Chicken Little] was for a while engaged to marry the illustrious Rosemary Ellen Guiley, who numbered Von Ward, Jones, Colin Andrews, and a host of others on her "Center for Crop Circle Studies" advisory panel, back in '92-93. Rosie's moved ahead (upward?) to the angelic realms, following the market and the money. But she does have the corner on American expertise on Wicca, and her close relationship with former (now retired) Defense Intelligence Agency "weird desk" and senior "applied anomalous" guy, Dale Graff ...who was from my contacts with Scott Jones' [Aviary's Prince Hans Adam- & Laurence Rockefeller-funded retired Naval Intell Cmdr. Cecil B. "Scott" Jones] affiliated with Sen. Claiborne Pell, Dale Graff being the latter's "inside man" at DIA. The "Aquarium Conspiracy" by Dan Smith and Rosemary Ellen Guiley In the beginning there was eschatology--the branch of theology dealing with the end times. Dan, having spent many years first studying physics and then metaphysics, came to the conclusion that the scientists have been looking at the world upside down. Mind, not matter, is the foundation for all realities. Moreover, the materialist paradigm was in danger of imminent collapse, being subverted on the inside by its own contradictions, and on the outside by the growing body of evidence for the paranormal. Creating and maintaining a reality is no easy game. It requires a lot of magic, and a lot of conscious critters like ourselves who are pretty good at collective self-deception. Fortunately-- or perhaps unfortunately--our particular reality game has about reached its natural conclusion, and we are waking up to the fact that mind and matter are not separate. We are undergoing an exciting but stressful revolution in our collective consciousness. This revolution, or global spiritual emergency, will bring upheavals and overloads in our global consciousness that will impact the material Earth for better or worse, and may quickly get out of control. We also will be opening up to other realities that will be impacting us as well. Our present very tidy sense of reality and its boundaries is due to become much more fluid and permeable. Every spiritual tradition takes very seriously its prophesies about the end of the world, but for the first time we are seeing these prophesies turning into believable predictions of earth and reality changes. That is how Dan fell from physics into eschatology. [This last remark tells us that Rosemary is the one doing the writing here.] After experiencing numerous slammed doors among his former scientific colleagues, he decided that the most logical place to find fellow eschatologists would be in various intelligence agencies and among investigators of the paranormal. Dan next addressed how to communicate about the eschaton. Even a small hint that the government is worried about the end of the world might start a chain reaction of panic, which could possibly serve as a trigger for the eschaton. On the other hand, people inside the government might be wanting to set up a kind of civil defense network vis a vis the eschaton, and so they would be looking for people on the outside who could much more freely network among the general public. An important link in the communication chain is what has become known as the Aviary. This is the final link next to the public network, and so it must be heavily disguised by its own surrealistic smoke screen. The Aviary functions best by amplifying people's own misconceptions about the paranormal. It does this by helping to overinflate individual pieces of the puzzle so that particular investigators get pushed further into their own blind alleys. People are encouraged to be so distracted by the trees that they fail to see the forest. This cacophony by people looking for truth in all the strangest places provides an excellent cover for the deadly serious business of clearing the decks and battening down the hatches for the eschaton event. It is like a Manhattan Project going on behind the scenes of alien grays and praying mantises having sex with humans. However, this eschaton conspiracy is being orchestrated by higher powers, and we don't mean the Committee of 300. Very few of the people even near the center of the orchestration have a clear picture of what is coming down, but they do know that something is coming and that they will have front row seats. [Interesting that Guiley compares the gov actions behind the scenes to the Manhattan Project, since that resulted in the most destructive weapon known to historical man up to that time. And now, subconsciously, Ms. Guiley has revealed to us the agenda: Total destruction of the masses of humanity, except for those few elite who "help the project," and "sign agreements" to keep secrets, such as herself. "When you dance with the Devil, the devil doesn't change; the Devil Changes YOU.] The Manhattan Project relative to the eschaton is a global civilian network of people who will serve as a lightning rod for the cosmic energies coming in during the consciousness revolution. They will be looking to channel these energies into expanded realities. Thus, they will provide a degree of protection for those people who can find their places alongside the network. Outside of the network there will be greater levels of trauma and confusion. The pieces of the network are already in place, the remaining task is to properly activate and link the pieces into a critical mass of awareness. This last step is now underway. This is how an Aviary helps to spawn an Aquarium, and how birds learn to swim. The Aquarium is our business, and we are working to reach people who are ready to be activated in the consciousness revolution. And here Ms. Guiley has described exactly what the C's have described for us and have helped us to uncover: that the Negative heirarchy has created the New Age Movement, the Human Potential Movement, the "Contactee" and Gray Abduction Phenomenon, for the express purpose of locking the planet into total Control - to make it a "headquarters" for the Lords of Darkness. And, as the C's have said regarding the "Higher Powers" Ms. Guiley reverentially refers to above: A: At those levels, there is only one "Master." Q: (L) Those levels? What levels? A: Levels that can hand down orders to bury or suppress. ... Those who are at that level have been bought and paid for by both giving knowledge of upcoming cataclysmic vents, and promised survival and positions of power after. It is not difficult to realize the there is a body of such types in positions of power already. Power is not only attractive to such types, they are the kind most easily corrupted by it. We also notice that Ms. Guiley has compared the process to that of "birds learning to swim." In other words, she and Mr. Smith are giving their signature as part of the Scale Gang - the Reptilian Overlords, as opposed to the Avian followers of the All Giving Mother. According to Dan Smith, who undoubtedly is privy to a wealth of accurate, though not widely known UFO information, this data is being released through him due to the grave concern by high government officials about impending metaphysical catastrophe - the eschaton, or the end of the world. What we see, however, is that Dan Smith and Rosemary Ellen Guiley are being used to further the agenda of the World Controllers who do, indeed, suspect the "End of the World," but have their own plans to survive it at the expense of most of the human population. It is this agenda that Ms. Guiley is now actively promoting in her writings, columns in Fate Magazine, which has become an organ of COINTELPRO, etc. We do notice that Ms. Guiley - like Whitley Strieber - and the rest of the gang who play ball with the Matrix Controllers, have NO TROUBLE whatsoever geting "30 books published," and hobnobbing with the CIA. William Clinton wins the Presidential Election. He defeats incumbent President, George H. Bush. The NAFTA treaty is signed. Former Kennedy & Johnson Era Attorney General, Ramsey Clark [also son of Supreme Court Justice, Clark] publishes The Fire This Time. Economic Espionage - In the years following the end of the Cold War, the CIA is increasingly used for economic espionage. This involves stealing the technological secrets of competing foreign companies and giving them to American ones. Given the CIA's clear preference for dirty tricks over mere information gathering, the possibility of serious criminal behavior is very great indeed. 1993 John Mack: According to Dick Farley, former aide to C.B. Scott Jones, Laurance Rockefeller funnelled "$194,000 to Mack's Harvard- affiliated 'Center for Psychology and Social Change,' via the Washington, D.C. chartered 'Human Potential Foundation, Inc.'in the 1993-1994 period. Mack's group then started 'PEER' (Program for Exceptional Experience Research) and operated an 'alien abductee support group' who, among other functions they served, became fodder for Dr. Mack's 1994 'Abductions.'" According to Donna Bassett, who infiltrated Mack's abductee support group, the Center for Psychology and Social Change (co-founded by Robert Jay Lifton) receives $250,000 a year from Rockefeller. Rockefeller also gave $194,000 to PEER (Program for Extraordinary Experience Research), along with various other donations. According to Bassett, Mack claims to have received funding from an ex-CIA source Kit Green Director of General Motor's Biomedical Research department. Attended closed meetings with Dr. Igor Smirnov, under the auspices of his membership in the National Academy of Sciences panel on 21st Century Army Technologies. (Defense Electronics, 7/93. Reprinted in Flatland Smirnov gave a series of closed meetings in Northern Virginia, starting on 3/17/93, to the FBI, CIA, DIA, and ARPA concerning Russian developments with a device that allegedly implanted thoughts in a subject's mind. The FBI was considering using this device to implant the voice of God in David Koresh's mind, telling him to surrender. Other, non-intelligence participants included Dr. Richard Nakamura of the National Institute of Health [I think he may now be the director]. This technology was supposedly used by the Russians against civilians in Afghanistan, and possibly on the Red Army to prepare them for battle. The American rights to this technology is owned by a Richmond, Virginia company called Psycotechnologies Corp. (Defense Electronics, 7/93. Reprinted in Flatland #11) Haiti - The chaos in Haiti grows so bad that President Clinton has no choice but to remove the Haitian military dictator, Raoul Cedras, on threat of U.S. invasion. The U.S. occupiers do not arrest Haiti's military leaders for crimes against humanity, but instead ensure their safety and rich retirements. Aristide is returned to power only after being forced to accept an agenda favorable to the country's ruling class. February 28, beginning of 51 day siege on the Branch Davidians at Waco Texas, which ended in the death of more than 80 people. Until this incident, the electromagnetic weapons had kept a very low profile. But in the documentary video, "Waco: The Big Lie Continues", footage from the British Broadcasting (BBC) shows at least three EM weapons used by U.S. government agents. First, the noise generators used against the Davidians. Second, a powerful strobe light, shown during a nighttime sequence. And the third was the Russian psycho-acoustic weapon, considered, but agents deny use of this weapon against the Waco people. FBI agents met with Dr. Igor Smirnov in Arlington VA to discuss the possiblility of using the weapon against the Davidians. (From "A Subliminal Dr. Strangelove", by Dorinda Elliot and John Barry, Newsweek, Aug 22, 1994) Janet Reno is also publicly connected to John Alexander (eg, the recent "Non-Lethal Warfare" conference). See also: The Man Who Knew Too Much - What really happened at Waco? Carlos Ghigliotti thought he had the answer, and now he's dead. Was he a victim of conspiracy, or his own obsession? - Ghigliotti, an expert in thermal imaging, was retained by the House Government Reform Committee last year to probe allegations that FBI agents--despite their vehement assertions to the contrary--had fired their weapons at members of the Branch Davidian sect, trapping helpless women and children inside the burning compound on April 19, 1993. Last fall I had quoted him in The Post as saying that infrared surveillance tapes--as well as regular videos made by the media--contained proof that the FBI fired: "The gunfire . . . is there, without a doubt." In March he was finalizing his report to Congress, and he also had been advising attorneys waging a $100 million wrongful death suit against the government on behalf of the Davidians and their heirs. "I still have a lot of shocking evidence to show you," he wrote in a March 28 letter to Michael Caddell, the lead attorney in that case. When his body was discovered, Ghigliotti's office got the scrutiny that Vince Foster's warranted after his suicide. Police sealed the premises and carted off computers and files. Rep. Dan Burton (R-Ind.), whose committee had retained Ghigliotti, called for "a full and thorough investigation." The Justice Department's special counsel on Waco, John C. Danforth, asked a federal court to take control of all evidence from Ghigliotti's firm. I'd spent hours in that workshop, reviewing tapes on his eight-monitor JVC video console, looking for evidence of government perfidy in grainy images, debating theories while his beloved cats, Simone and Sipowicz, lolled at our feet. Carlos could be exasperating--brusque, inflexible and short-tempered, a fireplug of a guy who carried himself like a street fighter--but he had a soft side. More than once he admitted to breaking down in tears while examining Waco evidence. Someone had to speak for the dead, he told me. He believed with all his heart that he had finally uncovered the Truth. "I've solved the case," he announced during one of his calls in March, urging me to come once again to his lab to review videotapes. "I know exactly what happened." But I was busy on other stories and never made it back. Now there was one more mystery to unravel: Was Carlos the final victim of Waco? The Russian government is offering to share with the United States in a bilateral Center for Psychotechnologies the Soviet mind-control technology developed during the 1970s. The work was funded by the Department of Psycho-Correction at the Moscow Medical Academy. "Acoustic psycho-correction involves the transmission of specific commands via static or white noise bands into the human subconscious ...". The Russian experts, among them former KGB General George Kotov, present in a paper a list of software and hardware available for $80,000. (From Opal article, "U.S. Explores Russian Mind Control Technology".) High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program, HAARP The HAARP Program is jointly managed by the US Air Force and the US Navy, and is based in Gakona, Alaska. It is designed to "understand, simulate and control ionospheric processes that might alter the performance of communication and surveillance systems." The HAARP system intends to beam 3.6 Gigawatts of effective radiated power of high frequency radio energy into the ionosphere in order to (all of which may be disinformation): * Generate extremely low frequency (ELF) waves for communicating with submerged submarines * Conduct geophysical probes to identify and characterize natural ionospheric processes so that techniques can be developed to mitigate or control them * Generate ionospheric lenses to focus large amounts of high frequency energy, thus providing a means of triggering ionospheric processes that potentially could be exploited for Department of Defense purposes, * Electron acceleration for infrared (IR) and other optical emissions which could be used to control radio wave propagation properties * Generate geomagnetic field aligned ionization to control the reflection/scattering properties of radio waves, * Use oblique heating to produce effects on radio wave propagation, thus broadening the potential military applications of ionospheric enhancement technology. During 1993, John Alexander and his team were working with Dr Igor Smirnov. 1994 The Republicans win a majority of the seats [i.e. take control] of the US House of Representatives. The US joins the WTO. By controlling the nature of the magnetic fields, causing them to simulate brain patterns, Persinger is able to stimulate strong emotions and hallucinations, including the illusion of touch and movement. (Blackmore, Susan, "Alien Abduction: The Inside Story", New Scientist, 11/19/94, pg 29-31. Persinger is shown demonstrating this device on the British TV show Horizon entitled "Close Encounters", written and narrated by Susan Blackmore. For their efforts, both Persinger and Blackmore have been accused of being in the Aviary.) Persinger was on the Board of Advisors for the False Memory Syndrome Foundation. Informal advisor to SRI's remote viewing program As of 1994, Smirnov has worked at Moscow's Institute of Psycho-Correction, using subliminal technology as therapy for drug abusers and others. The Institute has been strapped for cash after the the fall of the Soviet Union, but it has refused to accept business from the Russian Mafia. (Elliott, Dorinda and Barry, John, "A Subliminal Dr. Strangelove", Newsweek, 8/22/94, pg 57) However, Smirnov works with the Human Potential Foundation and John Alexander. Note: I'm not sure how Smirnov's device is supposed to work. Later reports claim it would work using inaudible, subliminal suggestions (spliced into phone conversations in the case of David Koresh). The device is definitely supposed to make the subject "hear" voices, as the FBI wanted to use Charlton Heston as the voice of God. This is definitely a different strategy from other subliminal techniques, which are designed to produce mere suggestions. With a technique called "gene tracking," Dr. Garth Nicolson at the MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, TX discovers that many returning Desert Storm veterans are infected with an altered strain of Mycoplasma incognitus, a microbe commonly used in the production of biological weapons. Incorporated into its molecular structure is 40 percent of the HIV protein coat, indicating that it had been man-made. Senator John D. Rockefeller issues a report revealing that for at least 50 years the Department of Defense has used hundreds of thousands of military personnel in human experiments and for intentional exposure to dangerous substances. Materials included mustard and nerve gas, ionizing radiation, psychochemicals, hallucinogens, and drugs used during the Gulf War . During the summer of 1994, U.S. military aircraft began dropping a gel substance on the tiny town of Oakville near the Pacific coast. Everybody in town came down with flu and pneumonia-like symptoms. Some people were hospitalized and remained ill for months. Pets and barnyard animals died. The police chief was patrolling the town one morning at 3 a.m. when a deluge of sticky stuff coated the windshield of his patrol car. He cleaned the goo with rubber gloves but just breathing it made him deathly ill. By afternoon he had major trouble breathing. The gel material was tested by a number of government and private labs which found human blood cells and nasty bacteria, including a modified version of pseudonomas fluorescens, cited in over 160 military papers as an experimental biowarfare bacteria. Unsolved Mysteries aired the story on national television in May, 1997. Several Oakville citizens reported bizarre encounters with FEMA officials and intelligence personnel from Fort Hood Texas -- home of the Black Hawk unit. These spooks made repeated visits to Oakville, probing people about their health and reportedly intimidating those who had been interviewed on television. Dr. John E. Mack: "I will stress once again that we do not know the source from which the UFOs or the alien beings come (whether or not, for example, they originate in the physical universe as modern astrophysics has described it). But they manifest in the physical world and bring about definable consequences in that domain." Abduction - Human Encounters With Aliens, Mack, J., New York: Scribners, 1994. Dr. John E. Mack, Professor of psychiatry at The Cambridge Hospital, Harvard Medical School, and founding director of the Center for Psychology and Social Change. A 1977 Pulitzer Prize winner for his biography of Lawrence of Arabia. 1995 In the 1990s, the Tavistock Institute not only began a new journal titled EVALUATION in 1995, but the Institute and the European Commission also worked on a feasibility study to research the effect of using "Smart Cards" in competence accreditation. The study was carried out in the U.S. and parts of Europe. The project involved assessing and validating students' skills, with information placed on personal skills Smart Cards which "become real passports to employment." The implication, of course, is that without this "real passport," one will not be employed. 1995 James Randi: I told an audience at the annual meeting of the American Physical Society about the hilarious claims that Eldon Byrd made in court concerning important projects he'd been working on as a parapsychologist. One was a wrist watch that would protect the lucky wearer against the deadly effects of hair dryers and electric razors that bombard the brain with those 60-Hertz electrical waves. The watch would sense the phase of the offending waves and generate an opposing field to protect the subject.... But by far the best laugh of the trial was generated by Byrd when he proudly announced that, as a result of reading and believing the book, The Secret Life of Plants, he had a project going to train seaweed so that it could warn naval divers of danger." (Randi Hotline, 3/27/95 SAIC Military contractor, located in California. Click here for their home page. [I couldn't find anything on remote viewing.] SAIC took over the research aspect of the remote-viewing program from SRI when director Ed Mayand his Cognitive Sciences Laboratorymoved there in 1991. "SAIC, previously indicted on ten felony fraud counts by the Justice Department relating to its management of a Superfund toxic cleanup site, has several prominent board members: Admiral Bobby Inman, former NSA Director and Deputy Director of the CIA; Melvin Laird, Richard Nixon's Defense Secretary; and retired General Max Thurman, Commander of the Panama Invasion. Previous board members include: Robert Gates, former CIA Director; William Perry, current [1995] Secretary of Defense; and John Deutch, current [1995] CIA Director." SAIC owns Network Solutions, Inc. (NSI), which in September, 1995 took over control of Internet Domain Name registration from the National Science Foundation. ("Spooks Spook Net Users", Paranoia, Issue 12, pg 26) SAIC is also working with non-lethal weapons, but I haven't heard any details. (Brandt, Daniel, "Mind Control and the Secret State") U.S. Government admits that it had offered Japanese war criminals and scientists who had performed human medical experiments salaries and immunity from prosecution in exchange for data on biological warfare research. Dr. Garth Nicolson, uncovers evidence that the biological agents used during the Gulf War had been manufactured in Houston, TX and Boca Raton, Fl and tested on prisoners in the Texas Department of Corrections. The Federal Building in Oklahoma City, OK is bombed and virtually destroyed. 168 people are killed. The US Congress fails to pass a budget, and the US Government temporarily 'shuts down.' "The knowledge of such an energy production method is crucial for the future of mankind. The UFO observation reports tells us that ambitious, entirely new, solutions are possible [underlined in the original]. This is very important." From a letter to Marie Galbraith, November 26, 1995. Dr. Poher earned a Ph.D. in astronomy, was an expert in aeronautics, and astronautics, an engineer at the French Space Agency (CNES) for thirty years, specializing in rocket propulsion and nuclear space energy; former Chairman of many working groups in the International Astronautical Federation; founder of GEPAN in May 1977 and its first Director until 1979. Before creating GEPAN, he had studied the UFO phenomenon for many years and had access to French military and police UFO files, including classified reports. 1996 Since the 1996 Telco act, television and radio stations all across the nation were bought out by major international media outlets. Clear Channel and Infinity are the two largest corporations in radio today. This has centralized the distribution of information and has threatened our free society ever since. The media drums to the heartbeat of its owners, whose interests are not of the general public. Instead they are interested in their other financial endeavors like defense contracting, oil business, political parties, prison industry. The conflicts of interest are monumental with the deregulation of the corporations. The lines are now blurred between one network's coverage of the war and the other. 1997 The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) was a neo-conservative American think tank based in Washington, D.C. that lasted from early 1997 to 2006 October 1997 the Tavistock Institute (and Manchester University) completed a final report (under Contract ERB-SOE2-CT-96-2011) for the European Commission, and described in a report summary was that there will be "partnerships between government, industry, and representatives of worker organizations." The report summary also described "the relevancy of Goals 2000, SCANS (U.S. Department of Labor SECRETARY'S COMMISSION ON ACHIEVING NECESSARY SKILLS) typology with its profound implications for the curriculum and training changes that this will require," valid skills standards and portable credentials "benchmarked to international standards such as those promulgated by the International Standards Organization (ISO)." The report summary went on to say that "there is increasing attention being focused on developing global skill standards and accreditation agreements. 1999 Michael Persinger: My research has not been 'funded by U.S. interests'. All of the money for our human research for the last 30 years has been from my personal income as a professor. The only funding ($10,000) we ever obtained from the U.S. was from the U.S. Navy, thanks to Eldon Byrd, to evaluate the effects of 0.5 Hz rotating magnetic fields upon the degranulation of mast cells in the rat brain. The effect was small but statistically significant." (Letter to Wes Thomas, 1/6/99. 2000 The mission of the U.S. military today and tomorrow is to fight and win the nation's wars. How DoD goes about doing this is 2020's focus. "Full-spectrum dominance" means the ability of U.S. forces, operating alone or with allies, to defeat any adversary and control any situation across the range of military operations. The four capabilities at the heart of full-spectrum dominance are dominant maneuver, precision engagement, focused logistics and full-dimensional protection. These four capabilities need the full capabilities of the total force. "To build the most effective force for 2020, we must be fully joint: intellectually, operationally, organizationally, doctrinally and technically," the report states. 2001 9/11 Twin Towers attack. War on Terrorism. The War in Afghanistan, which began on October 7, 2001, as the U.S. military's Operation Enduring Freedom and the British military's Operation Herrick, was launched in response to the September 11 attacks. The stated aim of the invasion was to find Osama bin Laden and other high-ranking Al-Qaeda members and put them on trial, to destroy the whole organization of Al-Qaeda, and to remove the Taliban regime which supported and gave safe harbor to Al-Qaeda. The United States' Bush Doctrine stated that, as policy, it would not distinguish between terrorist organizations and nations or governments that harbor them. 2003 Iraq War 2005 The Singularity is Near (non-fiction), a 2005 non-fiction book by Ray Kurzweil 2008 The CFR started a 5 year program called "International Institutions and Global Governance: World Order in the 21st Century" which aims in setting up global institutions in different levels to foster a global governance, in order to tackle different trans-national problems * Countering Transnational Threats, including terrorism, proliferation of WMD, and infectious disease * Protecting the Environment and Promoting Energy Security * Managing the Global Economy * Preventing and Responding to Violent Conflict 2009 The Obama administration urged cooperation with UN to tackle the same points covered by CFR plan's. "The Obama administration will work with the United Nations to fight terrorism and other major world challenges...like nuclear programs of Iran and North Korea, the global financial crisis, wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, pandemics and global warming. 2008 The CFR started a 5 year program called "International Institutions and Global Governance: World Order in the 21st Century" which aims in setting up global institutions in different levels to foster a global governance, in order to tackle different trans-national problems * Countering Transnational Threats, including terrorism, proliferation of WMD, and infectious disease * Protecting the Environment and Promoting Energy Security * Managing the Global Economy * Preventing and Responding to Violent Conflict 2009 The Obama administration urged cooperation with UN to tackle the same points covered by CFR plan's. "The Obama administration will work with the United Nations to fight terrorism and other major world challenges...like nuclear programs of Iran and North Korea, the global financial crisis, wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, pandemics and global warming. 2010 The Tavistock Institute is a $6 Billion a year network of Foundations in the U.S., consisting of ten major institutions, 400 subsidiaries, and 3000 other study groups and think tanks. Tavistock's pioneer work in behavioral science along Freudian lines of "controlling" humans established it as the world center of foundation ideology. Its network now extends from the University of Sussex to the U.S. through the Stanford Research Institute, Esalen, MIT, Hudson Institute, Heritage Foundation, Center of Strategic and International Studies at Georgetown, where State Dept. personal are trained, US Air Force Intelligence, and the Rand and Mitre corporations. The personnel of the corporations are required to undergo indoctrination at one or more of these Tavistock controlled institutions. A network of secret groups, the Mont Pelerin Society, Trilateral Commission, Ditchley Foundation, and the Club of Rome is conduit for instructions to the Tavistock network. 2012 The end of the world as we know it is being sold. If the news isn't feeding it to you, then the History Channel or Discover Channel are either talking about the crusades, asteroids, UFOs, earthquakes, tsunamis, supervolcanoes, comets, pole flips, magnetic storms, solar flares, terrorism, global warming, impending iceage, or exposes about serial killers...and dirty bombs. They dismiss conspiracy theories with disinfotainment. They craft the message that our world is unstable, and the threat is always an invisible and dangerous one that only our military can fix. When you compile all the messages and their effects, you end up with a script -- a screenplay produced in the movie studios of Hollywood hell. Also see: http://www.scribd.com/doc/12752559/Steps-Toward-Global-Mind-Control-Timeline http://www.cassiopaea.org/cass/cosmic_cointelpro_1700.htm

Expanded Tavistock Timeline 1

ionamiller — Tue, 20 Oct 2009 02:37:56 GMT

BRITISH MIND CONTROL: Principles of modern psychology originated in esoterics which is also the root of modern espionage and intelligence psyops, as well as parapsychology. Magic and religion has been employed to control populations since the dawn of written history. In military terms psychic operations are called psychotronics. Adversaries are rogue psi operatives, psiwarriors who battle like sorcerers. Psychic self defense employs thought disruption, shielding techniques, mind drain and energy manipulation. Psionics is scientific magic ~ magecraft, the product of extraordinary human potential. Precogs, like analysts, are attuned to the future. Deep Cover They understand viscerally that things are often not what they seem. Both are masters of disguise, the hidden environment, intelligence, espionage, and covert action. Both aim to 'tweak the timeline' with small perturbations that pump up to macroscopic results, setting up currents of intentional influence. They also tweak minds by controlling the environment. No one can resist what they cannot detect. Both are Inside Outsiders, working at the fringes of the System. The "outsider" aesthetic is charged by a desire to break free from the contrivances of tradition. They look boldly outside the system and deep within themselves for inspiration that arises directly from Creative Source. Both work sub rosa. This phrase comes from the Latin meaning 'under the rose' for confidentiality, black ops. It comes from the Masonic fraternal tradition. The rose is the emblem of Horus, God of Silence and Secrecy; the Tudor Rose shares the same root. ***** 300 - 400 B.C. One of Plato's tricks was "forbidding the question." His Republic is a blueprint for tyrannical systemic philosophical control. 'The Big Lie,' a hypnotic propaganda technique, is rooted in Plato's 'Noble Lie,' the myth knowingly told by the elite to maintain social control. The lie is different at the physical, emotional, mental and spiritual levels. 1559 John Dee (1527-1608): Wizard, Magus and Spymaster is the historical root of British intelligence operations, political assassinations and cryptography. Freemasonry, a secret society and fraternal organization arose from obscure origins in the late 16th to early 17th century. Freemasonry now exists in various forms all over the world, with a membership estimated at around 5 million, including just under two million in the United States and around 480,000 in England, Scotland and Ireland.The various forms all share moral and metaphysical ideals, which include, in most cases, a constitutional declaration of belief in a Supreme Being. Extensive research and use of occult symbolism and initiatory rites. 1601 British East India Company - colonial monopoly, military expansionism, opium trade (1773-1842 First Opium War ENLIGHTENMENT: There is no consensus on when to date the start of the age of Enlightenment, and some scholars simply use the beginning of the eighteenth century or the middle of the seventeenth century as a default date. If taken back to the mid-1600s, the Enlightenment would trace its origins to Descartes' Discourse on the Method, published in 1637. Others define the Enlightenment as beginning in Britain's Glorious Revolution of 1688 or with the publication of Isaac Newton's Principia Mathematica. Scholars date its end in the French Revolution of 1789 or Napoleonic Wars (1804-15) 1623 Sir Frances Bacon, head of the Rosicrucians and Freemasons, expressed his aspirations and ideals in New Atlantis. Released in 1627, this utopian novel was his creation of an ideal land where "generosity and enlightenment, dignity and splendor, piety and public spirit" were the commonly held qualities of the inhabitants of Bensalem. In this work, he portrayed a vision of the future of human discovery and knowledge. The plan and organization of his ideal college, "Salomon's House" (or Solomon's House), envisioned the modern research university in both applied and pure science. He sent secret society members to the new world shortly after the Pilgrims to launch the esoteric empire through a colonization scheme. 1776 American Revolution The original visionary imprint of what became the United States of America came from Francis Bacon, who was one of the great mystics of the late 16th and early 17th centuries. He wrote a book right before he died that was unpublished because he died very soon thereafter, called New Atlantis. He believed and asserted that the North American Indians were the survivors and descendants of the original Atlantean civilization, and he called to mind that Atlantis had risen to global power and then been destroyed because of its hubris. So whatever was going to be built in North America would be Atlantean in its basic archetypal pattern and destiny path, and at some point it was going to rise to the level global dominion. Then it would, like ancient Atlantis, have to make a choice between power for the sake of service and power for the sake of more power, and as it decided, the fate of the world would be determined. Many of the founding fathers of the United States, George Washington, Benjamin Franklin, James Madison, etc., were Masons and Rosicrucians. They were all students of Bacon. They believed they were creating the new Atlantis, the new Israel, the new Rome, the new Athens, and they consciously set forth to build a nation around light and power. On the back of a dollar bill is the pyramid and the all-seeing Eye of Horus. We were born out of a mystical vision of human perfection that was basically Atlantean in its impulse. So the challenge today is to reconnect with the Wisdom Tradition that gave rise to Atlantis, that gave rise to the United States of America, and that is ultimately an esoteric pursuit. The issue is not whether there was a real Atlantis or not, the issue is the mythic force and worldview behind that claim. America was to be Atlantean -- imperial, global, beyond imagination in scope and power. The Fathers pioneered a new depth wand expansiveness worldcentric in nature. They unraveled all hierarchies with “elite egalitarianism”, enlightened self-interest, gentry class, Atlantean vision. The egalitarian elements: human rights, political freedoms, and the republic have been undermined by Tavistock which has led us astray with an appearance of freedom. 1813 "The Great Game" described strategic rivalry between British and Russian empires for supremacy in Central Asia, from 1813 - Russo-Perisan Treaty of 1813 and 1907, to Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. Popularized by Kipling in the novel Kim (1901). 1823 Samuel Russell established Russell and Company for the purpose of acquiring opium in Turkey and smuggling it to China. Russell and Company merged with the Perkins (Boston) syndicate in 1830 and became the primary American opium smuggler. Many of the great American and European fortunes were built on the "China"(opium) trade. One of Russell and Company's Chief of Operations in Canton was Warren Delano, Jr., grandfather of Franklin Roosevelt. Other Russell partners included John Cleve Green (who financed Princeton), Abiel Low (who financed construction of Columbia), Joseph Coolidge and the Perkins, Sturgis and Forbes families. (Coolidge's son organized the United Fruit company, and his grandson, Archibald C. Coolidge, was a co-founder of the Council on Foreign Relations both of which will be itemized further on. 1832 William Huntington Russell, Samuel's cousin, studied in Germany from 1831-32. Hegellian philosophy was very much in vogue during William Russell's time in Germany. When Russell returned to Yale in 1832, he formed a senior society with Alphonso Taft. According to information acquired from a break-in to the "tomb" (the Skull and Bones meeting hall) in 1876, "Bones is a chapter of a corps in a German University.... General Russell, its founder, was in Germany before his Senior Year and formed a warm friendship with a leading member of a German society. He brought back with him to college, authority to found a chapter here." So class valedictorian William H. Russell, along with fourteen others, became the founding members of "The Order of Scull and Bones," later changed to "The Order of Skull and Bones". 1875 Theosophical Society, Madame Blavatsky 1882 Society for Psychical Research in London 1884 Fabian Society. Utopian socialism. George Bernard Shaw, H. G. Wells, Annie Besant, Graham Wallas, Hubert Bland, Edith Nesbit, Sydney Olivier, Oliver Lodge, Leonard Woolf and Virginia Woolf, Ramsay MacDonald and Emmeline Pankhurst. 1885 The American Society for Psychical Research (ASPR) was founded in 1885 by a distinguished group of scholars and scientists who shared the courage and vision to explore the uncharted realms of human consciousness, among them renowned Harvard psychologist and Professor of Philosophy, William James. Many of the early participants were pioneers in psychology, psychiatry, physics and astronomy. Freud and Jung were honorary members. Luminaries from a wide range of disciplines have been drawn to the Society throughout its history, including Chester Carlson, the inventor of Xerox; quantum physicist, David Bohm; psychologist Gardner Murphy; and dream researcher Montague Ullman, M.D. 1886 Freud begins psychoanalytic practice with "talking cure," based in unconscious, subconscious, dreams, hypnosis, repression, phobias, psychosexual development, personality and behavior, dissociation, amnesia, sublimation, conversion reaction, defense mechanism, denial, repression, displacement. In the early 1890s Freud used a form of treatment based on the one that Breuer had described to him, modified by what he called his "pressure technique" and his newly-developed analytic technique of interpretation and reconstruction. Freud practiced clinical hypnosis from roughly 1886-1900 and linked it to transference. Ego, Super-ego, Id. Eros & Thanatos. The "talking cure" became the signature of the "Tavistock Method," and a blanket solution (with psychotropic drugs) to mental distress. Defense mechanisms include acting out, autistic fantasy, denial, devaluation, displacement, dissociation, idealization, intellectualization, isolation, passive aggression, projection, rationalization, reaction formation, repression, somatization, splitting, suppression, and undoing. The therapist handles them with bypassing, reassurance, distraction, confrontation, interpretation, or changing vantage point or scope. 1888 Secret Doctrine by Blavatsky 1904 - 1913 Freud - Jung training relationship. Amongst the thinkers who are held to have set the stage for transpersonal studies are William James, Carl Jung, Abraham Maslow [peak experience], and Roberto Assagioli (Miller, 1998: 541-542.) Research by Vich (1988) suggests that the earliest usage of the term "transpersonal" can be found in lecture notes which William James had prepared for a semester at Harvard University in 1905-6. The foundations of eugenics were laid down in the 19th century by Francis Galton. A cousin of Charles Darwin and a man of wayward brilliance, Galton was convinced of the need to improve human stock by selective breeding. At the start of the 20th century, industrialists like Andrew Carnegie and John D Rockefeller saw a justification for competitive capitalism in Darwin's 'survival of the fittest'. Eugenics would surely be the logical step forward, enabling man to command his own evolution in a way that was efficient and progressive. In 1904, the Carnegie Institution founded a centre for genetic research at Cold Spring Harbour, with Charles Davenport as director. Davenport soon turned his attention to human inheritance. Along with such purely genetic traits as albinism and Huntington's disease, he also traced conditions like alcoholism and 'feeble-mindedness' through family lineages. He pronounced these to be Mendelian in nature. The American eugenic movement involved itself with legislation to restrict immigration for those not of Anglo-Saxon or Nordic heritage. 1907 Inspired by Galton's ideas, the Eugenics Education Society of UK was founded with the explicit aim of spreading the doctrine of genetic improvement throughout the land. Galton became its honorary president in 1908. Galton's protëgë, Karl Pearson, a statistician of real originality, developed the founder's ideas of human measurement and formed the Biometric Laboratory at University College, London in the 1890s. If Galton was an enthusiast, Pearson was a fanatic - a cold, calculating measurer of man who claimed to be a socialist, but loathed the working class. His journal Biometrika became influential, particularly in the United States. In 1911 he became the first Galton Professor of Eugenics at London University, a post created in accordance with Galton's will. Galton's movement never achieved legislative power in Britain. The story was different in the US. 1909 Secret Intelligence Service, (SIS) MI6 British Intelligence. Freud and Jung visit William James in America. 1910 With the financial support of the Harriman and Rockefeller families, Charles Davenport established the Eugenics Record Office at Cold Spring Harbour and appointed Harry Laughlin as its superintendent. 1911 William Rockefeller employed, in a private capacity through his elite social club, a high-ranking British secret intelligence service officer named Claude Dansey. As the United States prepared to ally itself in World War I with its old enemy Britain, Dansey personally reorganized the U.S. Army intelligence service into an adjunct of the British secret service. Dansey's loyal U.S. follower, {{Gen. Marlborough Churchill}} (a distant relative of Britain's Winston Churchill) soon became director of U.S. military intelligence. After World War I, General Churchill headed up the “Black Chamber,” a New York-based espionage group serving the State Department, the U.S. Army, and private New York financiers loyal to Great Britain. This same General Churchill would soon launch a medical research organization, the Macy Foundation, for the Rockefellers and British intelligence. 1913 Jung breaks with Freud with libido theory, including collective unconscious, mysticism, occult and mythic psychic archetypes, free association. Plato said that "true philosophers make dying their profession," referring to the wisdom inherent in this process. What is natural and instinctual is allowed to die and transform. Where Freud saw a life/death struggle, Jung saw a death/rebirth mystery of cyclic passages and renewal, later called 'creative regression.' 1914 - 1918 WWI. 1914 - Wellington House Propaganda Bureau, Tavistock precursor. After discovering that Germany had a Propaganda Agency, a British War Propaganda Bureau was set up at Wellington House, the London headquarters of the National Insurance Commission, with Masterman as chairman. Masterman invited 25 leading British authors to Wellington House to discuss ways of best promoting Britain's interests during the war. Those who attended included William Archer, Arthur Conan Doyle, Arnold Bennett, John Masefield, Ford Madox Ford, , G. K. Chesterton, Henry Newbolt, John Galsworthy, Thomas Hardy, Rudyard Kipling, Gilbert Parker, G. M. Trevely and H. G. Wells. The project stay secret until 1935. Several of the writers agreed to write pamphlets and books promoting the government's point of view. The War Propaganda Bureau published over 1,160 pamphlets during the war. Report On Alleged German Outrages published by 1915. The Federal Reserve System began its operations in 1914 with the activity of the Organization Committee, appointed by Woodrow Wilson, and composed of Secretary of the Treasury William McAdoo, who was his son-in-law, Secretary of Agriculture Houston and Comptroller of the Currency John Skelton Williams. Arch Duke Ferdinand is assassinated. World War I Begins. US President, Woodrow Wilson proclaims US neutrality. 1917 The Soviet Union is formed after Tsar Nicholas II is overthrown. It is often said that Jacob Schiff of Kuhn and Loeb financed the Russian Revolution, however, documents in the State Department files confirm Jacob Schiff was in fact against support of the Bolshevik regime. This position, as we shall see, was in direct contrast to the Morgan-Rockefeller promotion of the Bolsheviks. 1919 Freud's double nephew mass manipulator Edward Bernays, Tavistock Director, combines work of Freud and others on mass psychology to establish promotion, advertising, Public Relations PR industry. Propaganda techniques were first codified and applied in a scientific manner by journalist Walter Lippman and psychologist Edward Bernays (nephew of Sigmund Freud) early in the 20th century. During World War I, Lippman and Bernays were hired by then United States President, Woodrow Wilson, to participate in the Creel Commission, the mission of which was to sway popular opinion in favor of entering the war, on the side of Britain. Edward Bernays said in his 1928 book Propaganda that, "The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. 1920 - Tavistock Institute of Medical Psychology, under Brigadier-General John Rawlings Rees researches human breaking point and psychological warfare -- mass manipulation by psychological shock. In the period following the War To End All Wars, Viennese witch doctors came to realize that neurotic disabilities were endemic and pervasive in a modern society. The Tavistock Institute of Medical Psychology (Tavistock Clinic) was founded in 1920 in order to take advantage of these neuroses and develop manipulative procedures. The founding group included physicians, neurologists, psychiatrists, anthropologists and socioliogists, Interest focussed on “dynamic psychologies”. On the one hand were the adherents of Freud, Jung and Adler. On the other were a neurologically-oriented general psychiatry, a somatically-oriented general medicine and a surrounding subject population. Key figures included Jack Rawlings-Rees, Henry Dicks, Ronald Hargreaves, Tommy Wilson and Wilfred Bion. The Clinic began to take on a conceptual direction consonant with the emergent ‘object relations approach’ in psychoanalysis. The object relations approach emphasized relationships rather than instinctual drives and psychic energy. 1921 – The 11th Duke Tavistock donates a building for Tavistock Clinic to study the effects of shellshock. The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) was formed in New York City as an American nonprofit and nonpartisan membership organization dedicated to improving the understanding of U.S. foreign policy and international affairs. With an additional office in Washington D.C., CFR is considered to be 'the most influential foreign-policy think tank." It convenes tasks forces and meetings at which government officials, global leaders and prominent members of the foreign policy community discuss major international issues. Its think tank, the David Rockefeller Studies Program, is composed of about fifty adjunct and full-time scholars, as well as ten in-resident recipients of year-long fellowships, who cover the major regions and significant issues shaping today’s international agenda. These scholars contribute up-to-date information and analysis for the foreign policy debates by making recommendations to the presidential administration, testifying before Congress, serving as a resource to the diplomatic community, interacting with the media, authoring books, reports, articles, and op-eds on foreign policy issues. CFR publishes Foreign Affairs, “the preeminent journal of international affairs and U.S. foreign policy. Rockefeller Foundation endows a second and third school of public health in the U.S.-Harvard University and the University of Michigan -and launches an ambitious plan to circle the globe with schools. Spending more than $25 million, RF helps establish schools in Prague, Warsaw, London, Toronto, Copenhagen, Budapest, Oslo, Belgrade, Zagreb, Madrid, Cluj (Romania), Ankara, Sofia, Rome, Tokyo, Athens, Bucharest, Stockholm, Calcutta, Manila, and SÜo Paulo. 1923 - 1930s Liepzig School - Frankfurt School, Institute for Social Research (Freudian Theory, Marxist Theory, Critical Theory) 1926 Anna Freud lectures at Tavistock. 1927 Stalin comes to power in the former Soviet Union. 1928 H.G. Wells publishes "The Open Conspiracy"; "Manipulating Public Opinion" and "The Business of Propaganda" by Edward Bernays : Believing that democracy needed wise and hidden manipulators, Bernays was proud to be a propagandist and wrote in his book Propaganda: "If we understand the mechanisms and motives of the group mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses according to our will without them knowing it." He called this the "engineering of consent" and proposed that "those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. . . . In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons . . . who pull the wires which control the public mind." It appears not to have dawned on Bernays until the 1930s that his science of propaganda could also be used to subvert democracy and promote fascism. That was when journalist Karl von Weigand told Bernays that Nazi propagandist Joseph Goebbels had read all of his books, and possessed an even better library on propaganda than Bernays did. WAR ON TRUTH The Secret Battle for the American Mind An Interview with John Stauber . Three families, Rockefeller, Warburg, and Harriman, together with British Crown agencies, jointly sponsored much of the social engineering enterprise. The Rockefeller Foundation made an initial grant of $2.5 million in 1925 to the Psychiatric Institute in Munich, gave it $325,000 for a new building in 1928, and continuously sponsored the institute and its Nazi chief Ruaudin through the Hitler era. The foundation paid for a 1930-35 anthropological survey of the “eugenically worthwhile population” by Nazi eugenicists Ruaudin, Verschuer, Eugen Fischer, and others. The Rockefeller Foundation formally embarks on programs in the social sciences, with the consolidation of the activities of the Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial into RF. Directed by Beardsley Ruml, the Memorial concentrated on increasing manpower and developing facilities for research "in a systematic investigation of concrete social problems." A year later RF identifies three major social science fields for support: international relations, economic stabilization, and public administration. Grants are to go for research, conferences, and publications. 1929 Herbert Hoover becomes the 31st president and the first president born west of the Mississippi River. Stock Market Crash - The Great Depression begins. The stock market crash throws the nation's economic system into disorder. Roosevelt's vigorous relief policies convince people that he is on their side. Joseph Kennedy is one of the few financiers to sense the coming crash and makes hundreds of millions of dollars--he will set up a million-dollar trust fund for each child to free them from future financial worry and allow them to devote their lives to the public good, if they desire. Einstein was again sure he was "on the right track." Wolfgang Pauli wrote scathingly: "[Einstein's] never-failing inventiveness as well as his tenacious energy in the pursuit of [unification] guarantees us in recent years, on the average, one theory per annumÉ It is psychologically interesting that for some time the current theory is usually considered by its author to be the "definitive solution." Secretary of State Henry Stimson refuses to endorse a code-breaking operation, saying, "Gentlemen do not read each other's mail." Agreement between Rockefeller Foundation and the General Education Board paves the way for the Foundation to "accept responsibility for the support of the natural sciences." Archaeologists working on excavation of the ancient Athenian Agora receive support through grants to the American School of Classical Studies, Athens. Other early RF efforts in the humanities include support to the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago to train archaeologists and Harvard's Fogg Art Museum to train curators and art historians, and for building library collections abroad. Max Mason becomes president of RF and serves until 1936. 1930 Humanist, pacifist Aldous Huxley (Brave New World, 1932) takes mescal in Berlin with magician Aleister Crowley heralding psychedelics, counterculture, and occulture. Grandson of Darwinian biologist Thomas Henry Huxley, who influenced H.G. Wells. Crowley claimed to have met Blavatsky and required students to read her. 1931 27 American states had enacted sterilisation laws to allow the compulsory sterilisation of certain categories such as the feebleminded and morons. By 1941, almost 36,000 individuals in the US had been compulsorily sterilised under such laws. The trend spread: within a few years a number of European countries had followed suit with compulsory sterilisation. These included not only Nazi Germany, but also Switzerland and the Scandinavian countries. Dr. Cornelius Rhoads, under the auspices of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Investigations, infects human subjects with cancer cells. He later goes on to establish the U.S. Army Biological Warfare facilities in Maryland, Utah, and Panama, and is named to the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. While there, he begins a series of radiation exposure experiments on American soldiers and civilian hospital patients. 1932-1933 The Tuskegee Syphilis Study begins. 200 black men diagnosed with syphilis are never told of their illness, are denied treatment, and instead are used as human guinea pigs in order to follow the progression and symptoms of the disease. They all subsequently die from syphilis, their families never told that they could have been treated. Rockefeller Foundation grants are used to establish full-time departments of psychiatry in teaching hospitals and medical schools, including Chicago, Duke, Harvard, McGill, St. Louis, Tulane, Yale, and Washington. Direcor Kurt Lewin exchanged theories with Eric Trist of Tavistock Clinic before moving to America. Lewin emigrated to the United States in August 1933 and became a naturalized citizen in 1940. He went on to become director of the Center for Group Dynamics at MIT. At Tavistock, German refugee, Kurt Lewin originated the anti-Germany propaganda campaign to “turn the American public against Germany and involve us in World War II. Wilhelm Reich wrote The Mass Psychology of Fascism. Reich wrote, "Fascism is only the organized political expression of the structure of the average man's character. It is the basic emotional attitude of the suppressed man of our authoritarian machine civilization and its mechanistic-mystical conception of life." Reich thought we are all potentially fascist. But his theory was rooted in repression, not raw power motives. He predicted commodification of the body image and the development of consumer identity through the corruption of human sexuality. The British-led eugenics movement met at the American Museum of Natural History in New York City, and designated the Rockefellers' Dr. Ernst Rudin as the president of the worldwide Eugenics Federation. The eugenics movement at the time called for the killing or sterilization of people whose heredity made them a public burden or a national scapegoat. Montagu Norman's National Association for Mental Health gathered the world psychiatric and psychological leaders together at an {{International Congress on Mental Health}} at the United Kingdom's Ministry of Health in London. At this congress, a {{World Federation for Mental Health}} was formed, to run the planet's psychological services. Lady Norman, the hostess of the congress, was named to the executive board. Norman picked as president of the World Federation the chief of the British military's psychological warfare department, Tavistock Institute chief {{Brig. Gen. Dr. John Rawlings Rees.}} In connection with the founding of the World Federation for Mental Health, a New York agent of Montagu Norman named Clarence G. Michalis was made chairman of the board of the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation. That foundation, in turn, would pay for much of what the World Federation and Tavistock were to do to the United States—supplying dope and otherwise subverting western ideals. The Macy Foundation's chief medical officer, Dr. Frank Fremont- Smith, would be the permanent co-director of the World Federation with J.R. Rees. The technical coordinator of the U.S. delegation to the 1948 congress, Nina Ridenour, later wrote in {Mental Health in the United States: A Fifty Year History,} that “the World Federation for Mental Health … had been created upon the recommendation of the United Nations' {{World Health Organization}} and {{Unesco}}, because they needed a non-governmental [i.e., not accountable to any check of law or constitution—ed.] mental health organization with which they could cooperate.” Ridenour alluded to the fact that the British psychological warfare executive had itself created the heart of the U.N. apparatus: “Having official consultive status with the United Nations and several of its specialized agencies, the World Federation for Mental Health is in a position to influence some of the U.N.'s decisions and some aspects of its program. The two U.N. agencies with which the World Federation works most closely are the World Health Organization (WHO) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organzation (Unesco). “The first director of WHO, and indeed quite literally its ‘creator,’ was a prominent Canadian psychiatrist, Brock Chisholm, M.D., formerly director general of the Canadian Army Medical Services. Since its inception, WHO has made significant contributions to world mental health through the reports of its various Expert Committees; through some of its other special reports, such as the notable monograph {Mental Health and Maternal Care} by [Tavistock's] John Bowlby, M.D.; and through the widespread activities of its Mental Health Division, of which the British psychiatrist Ronald C. Hargreaves was the first director.” Unesco's partnership with Rees was guided by Unesco's founding secretary general, eugenics strategist {{Sir Julian Huxley,}} and by Unesco social sciences chief Dr. Otto Klineberg, a Tavistock-affiliated psychologist specializing in the supposedly racial characteristics of the American Negro. 1933 The depression deepens before Roosevelt takes office. More than 20 states declare bank "holidays" to stop panic withdrawals on March 2nd. NAZI EUGENICS Adolf Hitler was given Germany's chancellorship in 1933, and was soon absolute dictator. {{Montagu Norman,}} the occultist governor of the Bank of England, propped up Hitler's credit, arranged the armament of Nazi Germany, and guided the strategies of Hitler's powerful supporters—the Rockefellers, Warburgs, and Harrimans. Only a few months after the meeting at the American Museum of Natural History, the Rockefeller-Rudin apparatus became a section of the Nazi state. The regime appointed Rudin head of the Racial Hygiene Society. Rudin and his staff, as part of the Task Force of Heredity Experts chaired by SS chief Heinrich Himmler, drew up the sterilization law. Described as an American model law, it was adopted in July 1933 and proudly printed in the September 1933 {Eugenical News} (U.S.A.), with Hitler's signature. The Rockefeller group drew up other race laws, based, as was the sterilization law, on existing statutes from the Commonwealth of Virginia. Otmar Verschuer and his assistant Dr. Josef Mengele together wrote reports for special courts which enforced Rudin's racial purity law against the illegal cohabitation of Aryans and non-Aryans. The “T4” unit of the Hitler Chancery, based on psychiatrists led by Rudin and his staff, cooperated in creating propaganda films to sell mercy-killing (euthanasia) to German citizens. The public reacted antagonistically: Hitler had to withdraw a tear-jerker right-to-die film from the movie theaters. The proper groundwork had not yet been laid. 1934 The {{Scottish Rite of Freemasonry}} joined the Rockefellers in sponsoring psychiatric genetics beginning in 1934, under the rubric of research into dementia praecox (schizophrenia). The highest level of U.S. masonry, the Scottish Rite was the instrument through which the British Crown had reestablished the loyalty of American masons after the American Revolution. The northern section of the Rite had rallied the Copperheads against Abraham Lincoln's Civil War efforts, aiding the Rite's southern chief Albert Pike in secession and in other British white supremacy projects, such as the Ku Klux Klan. For eugenics, the British royal family itself was the Rite's point of reference. The {{Duke of Connaught,}} son of Queen Victoria and brother of King Edward VII, had been grand master of the United Grand Lodge of England since 1901. American masonic leaders referred to the duke as “grand master of the Mother Grand Lodge of Masons of the World.” The son of a German father (Victoria's husband, the Coburg Prince Albert), the Duke of Connaught was deeply involved in German affairs and was a patron of Britain's “New Dark Ages” ultra-racialist elite group based in South Africa. Late in 1932, negotiations for Hitler's takeover of Germany took place at the home of Joachim von Ribbentrop, who, as a traveling teenager, had been adopted into the household of the Duke of Connaught. Ribbentrop then became the head of Hitler's foreign intelligence service. As Hitler's ambassador to England, Ribbentrop worked in tandem with the leadership of the clique which employed Hitler as a British surrogate to smash up Europe: the masonic grand master duke and his nephew, the openly Nazi Edward VIII; Bank of England Governor Montagu Norman; and Lord Halifax, Neville Chamberlain's foreign minister. Experiments in Distant Influence, book by Soviet Professor Leonid L. Vasiliev. Vasiliev also wrote an article, "Critical Evaluation of the Hypnogenic Method" concerning the work of Dr. I. F. Tomashevsky on experiments in remote control of the brain. 1935 – Jung's Tavistock Lectures on the structure of the psyche. typology, archetypes, mythemes, shadow. By 1935, Jung is at Tavistock Clinic with Wilfred Bion, delivering five theory and practice lectures in analytical psychology on the deep nature of the psyche, including the collective unconscious and autonomous 'complexes' of painful, traumatic yet compelling character. We also call them subpersonalities. Parallel with the eugenics programme, the Nazi racial doctrines were developed. The Nuremburg Race Laws of 1935 were drawn up after extensive discussion amongst leading academics. It can fairly be said that, rather than following their political masters, the medical profession and the scientific establishment were driving forces behind Nazi race theories. It is difficult to exaggerate the degree to which mainstream German science was involved. Racial theories, which grew out of the ideas of the Society for Racial Hygiene and other groups, had become an integral part of German academic life in the years after the First World War. Within the scientific community itself many individuals, some of them early supporters of eugenics, came to oppose the movement. Noteworthy were the American biologists Herbert Jennings and T.H. Morgan, and the British biologists J.B.S. Haldane and Julian Huxley. The latter was grandson of Darwin's great friend and advocate, T.H. Huxley, and the brother of Aldous, whose masterpiece Brave New World satirises the eugenics movement. Congress Passes the Banking Act 1936 John Maynard Keynes publishes The General Theory of Economics. So-called "Macroeconomics" is born. The Olympic Games are held in Berlin. African American track and field star Jesse Owens wins gold medals. Scottish Rite's Field Representative of Research on Dementia Praecox, Dr. Nolan D.C. Lewis, director of the {{New York State Psychiatric Institute,}} reported to the Scottish Rite Northern Supreme Council “on the progress of the fourteen research projects being financed by the Supreme Council.” Scottish Rite strategist {{Winfred Overholser,}} the superintendent of St. Elizabeth's Hospital, a federal mental hospital in Washington D.C., provided overall leadership for the Rite's psychiatric research. Though these projects are shrouded in mystery, one of them with particularly gruesome results has come to light. The study of hereditary degeneracy was proceeding in the Rockefeller Foundation's German enclaves when it hit a snag. Psychiatrist Franz J. Kallmann, protégé of Nazi race science chief Ernst Ruaudin, was forced to leave his job— Kallmann was “half-Jewish.” This was a big blow for Kallmann, who had proved his Nazi credentials at the International Congress for Population Science in Berlin in 1935. At that British-led meeting hosted by Hitler's Interior Ministry, Kallmann had argued for the sterilization of {even the apparently healthy relatives} of schizophrenics, along with the schizophrenics themselves, to securely eliminate all the defective germ plasm. Without missing a step, Kallmann emigrated to America and became director of research in the New York State Psychiatric Institute, attached to Columbia University in Manhattan. The Scottish Rite's Dr. Lewis was the director of the institute. Kallmann simply continued in New York the Nazi propaganda work he had been doing for Rockefeller in Germany. The Scottish Rite of Freemasonry paid Kallmann to conduct a study of over 1, 000 cases of schizophrenia, in order to assert the claim that the mental disorder was inherited. Kallmann's study was published simultaneously in the United States and Nazi Germany in 1938. In the preface, Kallmann thanked the Scottish Rite and his mentor Ruaudin. He called schizophrenics a “source of maladjusted crooks … and the lowest types of criminal offenders. 1938 OSS General Donovan indoctrinated and 'processed' at Tavistock. After obtaining his medical qualification Wilfred Bion spent seven years in psychotherapeutic training at the Tavistock Clinic, an experience he regarded, in retrospect, as having had some limitations. It did, however, bring him into fruitful contact with Samuel Beckett. He wanted to train in Psychoanalysis and in 1938 he began a training analysis with John Rickman, but this was brought to an end by the Second World War. In the Army Medical Corps he got ideas about psychoanalysis of groups. The entire group at Tavistock had in fact been taken into the army, and were working on new methods of treatment for psychiatric casualties (those suffering post-traumatic stress, or 'shell shock'.) 1939 WWII begins. The New World Order published by H.G. Wells. Freud is Tavistock Director, follwed by daughter Anna Freud. Tavistock mocked as "Freud Hilton." In Germany, sterilization of the mentally retarded was replaced by a euthanasia law. Now patients in mental hospitals could simply be killed on eugenics grounds. Victims of this program, both adults and children, were given lethal injections or gassed; in the occupied territories, they were shot by the same Einsatzgruppen that were killing Jews and gypsies. By 1941, when protests against the policy of gassing patients had become so great that orders were given by Hitler to stop, some 70,000 had been killed. However, killing by other means continued, and even took place after the end of the war. Due to scientific criticism, the Carnegie Institution withdrew funding from the Eugenics Record Office and closed it down in 1939. However, it was only the liberation of the concentration camps, and the discovery of the work of men like Mengele, that finally discredited the 'old' eugenics movement. Nevertheless, much legislation remained on the statute books. Laws against miscegenation in various American states were finally overturned by a federal Supreme Court ruling as late as 1967. In Sweden, eugenic sterilisations continued until 1976. In total, some 62,000 Swedes were sterilised over the 40 years of the programme, an unenviable per capita world record. Julian Huxley's brother, Aldous, wrote Brave New World with the eugenics of the 1930s in mind, but his novel has a fair claim to become the prophesy of the 21st century. For eugenics went underground with the importation of the Nazi Scientists after WW II. As we note, eugenics was formerly supported in Germany by Rockefeller et al funding - but the outcry of the people after the war made it imperative to take this work deep underground. It is now supported on site and in secret. Auschwitz Deal -The German chemical company IG Farben and Rockefeller's Standard Oil of New Jersey were effectively a single firm, merged in hundreds of cartel arrangements. IG Farben was led, up until 1937 by the Warburg family, Rockefeller's partners in banking and in the design of Nazi German eugenics. Following the Nazi invasion of Poland in September 1939, Britain and Germany declared war on each other and World War II began. But later that month, Standard Oil executives flew to the Netherlands on a British Royal Air Force bomber and met with IG Farben executives. Standard Oil pledged to keep the merger with IG Farben going even if the United States entered the war. This was exposed in 1942 by Sen. Harry Truman's investigating committee, and President Franklin Roosevelt took hundreds of legal measures during the war to counter the Standard Oil-IG Farben cartel's supply operation for the enemy war machine. In 1940-41, IG Farben built a gigantic factory at Auschwitz in Poland, to utilize the Standard Oil-IG Farben patents with concentration camp slave labor to make gasoline from coal. The SS guarded the Jewish and other inmates and selected for killing those who were unfit for IG Farben slave labor. Standard-Germany President Emil Helfferich testified after the war that Standard Oil funds helped pay for the SS guards at Auschwitz. On March 26, 1940, six months after the Standard Oil-IG Farben meeting, European Rockefeller Foundation official Daniel O’Brian wrote to the foundation's chief medical officer Alan Gregg that “it would be unfortunate if it was chosen to stop research which has no relation to war issues.” The “non-war- related” research continued. {The Rockefeller Foundation defends its record by claiming that its funding of Nazi German programs during World War II was limited to psychiatric research.} 1943 LSD developed by Albert Hoffman, a chemist at Sandoz A.B. – a Swiss pharmaceutical owned by banker, S.G. Warburg. [He’s a Federal Reserve shareholder]. British and U.S. intelligence were directly involved. The Glass Bead Game or Magister Ludi (Master of the Game) is the last work magnum opus of the German author Hermann Hesse. Begun in 1931 and published in Switzerland in 1943, the book was mentioned in Hesse's citation for the 1946 Nobel Prize for Literature. "Magister Ludi" can also be seen as a pun lud- is a Latin stem meaning both "game" and "school." Otmar Verschuer's assistant Josef Mengele was made medical commandant of Auschwitz. As wartime director of Rockefeller's Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics, and Human Heredity in Berlin, Verschuer secured funds for Mengele's experiments at Auschwitz from the German Research council. Verschuer wrote a progress report to the Council: “My co-researcher in this research is my assistant, the anthropologist and physician Mengele. He is serving as Hauptstuaurmfuauhrer and camp doctor in the concentration camp Auschwitz…. With the permission of the Reichsfuauhrer SS Himmler, anthropological research is being undertaken on the various racial groups in the concentration camps and blood samples will be sent to my laboratory for investigation.” Mengele prowled the railroad cars coming into Auschwitz, looking for twin children—a favorite research subject of Frankenstein-type psychiatric geneticists. On arrival at Mengele's experimental station, twins filled out “a detailed questionnaire from the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute.” There were daily drawings of blood for Verschuer's “specific protein” research. Needles were injected into eyes for work on eye color. There were experimental blood transfusions and experimental infections. Organs and limbs were removed, sometimes without anesthetics. Sex changes were attempted. Females were sterilized, males were castrated. Thousands were murdered, and their organs, eyeballs, heads, and limbs were sent to Verschuer and the Rockefeller group at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute. With the war on, the Rockefeller Foundation and the Canadian military joined their psychiatric forces. Canadian Army medical director Dr. George Brock Chisholm had been trained as a psychiatrist at the {{Tavistock Psychiatric Clinic}} in London, and Tavistock—the British Crown's central mind-bending agency— was a major Rockefeller Foundation beneficiary. In 1943, the Rockefeller Foundation created the Allen Memorial Institute at McGill University in Montreal. Eugenics- oriented psychiatrist {{Donald Ewen Cameron,}} a Scottish immigrant to the United States, was placed in charge of the institute's psychiatry. Experiments in coercive interrogation and brainwashing would be conducted at Allen Institute under the auspices of the Canadian military, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. Dr. Cameron's “terminal” use of electric shock as a brain-burning torture, psychosurgery, and brainwashing with drugs and hypnosis would make the Canadian program the most famous apsect of the CIA's MK- Ultra. Meanwhile, in Washington, D.C., a new odor, that of marijuana, could be detected inside St. Elizabeth's Hospital in Washington, D.C. (St. Elizabeth's is the mental hospital where presidential assailants or other federal cases are kept.) The superintendent, Scottish Rite chief psychiatrist Winfred Overholser, was in 1943 the chairman of the misnamed “truth drug” committee for the Office of Strategic Services (OSS). The criminal underworld was systematically being brought into official but secret joint activities with the government, under the pretext of fighting fascism. Overholser's crew administered the hallucinogen mescaline to various test subjects. Then in the spring of 1943, they perfected the right mix of marijuana and tobacco to produce a “state of irresponsibility” in the subject. The official OSS story is that New York mafia hitman August Del Gracio began smoking Overholser's “joints” on May 27, 1943, in order to loosen his tongue. Federal agents were thus supposedly to learn the inside secrets of drug trafficking—but not to stop it. This was part of an ongoing federal program, which organized crime czar Meyer Lansky boasts (in his authorized biography) that he personally arranged. Mafia thugs were brought in to work in Naval Intelligence offices, and jointly with U.S. agents in U.S. ports and shipping, to more effectively intimidate our national enemies. Former CIA staff member John Marks writes in {The Search for the Manchurian Candidate} that Overholser's working group included counterintelligence agents inside the Manhattan Project atomic bomb project, and the FBI, which was under the direction of Dr. Overholser's Scottish Rite comrade, FBI director J. Edgar Hoover. The Overholser group gave marijuana to U.S. soldiers at Army bases throughout the country, supposedly to aid in the search for subversives. Later, during the 1950s and 1960s, the strategists of the MK- Ultra project would utilize the same channels of influence with U.S. security agencies to let them transform a generation of youth into dope users. The U.S. begins research on biological weapons at Fort Detrick, MD, in response to Japan's full-scale germ warfare program. Donovan recruits the Catholic Church in Rome to be the center of Anglo-American spy operations in Fascist Italy. This would prove to be one of America's most enduring intelligence alliances in the Cold War. 1944 The International Monetary Fund was created in July 1944, originally with 45 members, with a goal to stabilize exchange rates and assist the reconstruction of the world's international payment system. Countries contributed to a pool which could be borrowed from, on a temporary basis, by countries with payment imbalances. (Condon, 2007) In July, The "Breton Woods" economic conference is held in England. The International Monetary Fund ("IMF") and the International Bank of Reconstruction and Development [i.e., today's World Bank] are proposed. During the Second World War, Tavistock was part of Great Britain's Psychological Warfare Department. On May 7, 1944, Dr. Rees of Tavistock and the British War Ministry injected Nazi prisoner Rudolf Hess with the narcotic Evipan. According to Lt. Col. Eugene Bird in PRISONER NO. 7: RUDOLF HESS (in the chapter titled "A Secret Drug"), Rees examined Hess 35 times. Rees and his associates via chemicals caused Hess's memory to fail and then "explained that they could bring back the memory with an injection of Evipan." Hess was told that "while under its influence he would remember the past he had forgotten. 1945 (-1991) Cold War. World Federation for Mental Health In February, the "big Three" [Churchill, UK; Stalin, USSR; & F. Roosevelt, US] meet at Yalta. The "Cold War" begins. FDR is elected for a historic 4th term. Harry Truman is a reluctant compromise candidate for vice president. Truman becomes President when FDR dies in office on April 12th. On April 12th FDR dies in office. VP Harry S. Truman becomes President of the US. On April 29th, Hitler commits suicide. In May, Germany Surrenders. Project Paperclip is initiated. The U.S. State Department, Army intelligence, and the CIA recruit Nazi scientists and offer them immunity and secret identities in exchange for work on top secret government projects in the United States. In other words, while other American agencies are hunting down Nazi war criminals for arrest, the U.S. intelligence community is smuggling them into America, unpunished, for their use against the Soviets. The most important of these is Reinhard Gehlen, Hitler's master spy who had built up an intelligence network in the Soviet Union. With full U.S. blessing, he creates the "Gehlen Organization," a band of refugee Nazi spies who reactivate their networks in Russia. These include SS intelligence officers Alfred Six and Emil Augsburg (who massacred Jews in the Holocaust), Klaus Barbie (the "Butcher of Lyon"), Otto von Bolschwing (the Holocaust mastermind who worked with Eichmann) . The Gehlen Organization supplies the U.S. with its only intelligence on the Soviet Union for the next ten years, serving as a bridge between the abolishment of the OSS and the creation of the CIA. However, much of the "intelligence" the former Nazis provide is bogus. 1946 - 1947 Rockefeller grant funds the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations (London), as a not-for-profit organization for social psychiatry, group and organizational behavior research. Psychiatrist, Wilfred Bion, founding member, specialty group psychotherapy, group dynamics. OSS becomes CIA using Tavistock guidelines. Their redefined social mission was called Operation Phoenix. There were four divisions of staff members: consultants, principal project officers, project officers and assistant project officers. The grand strategy is the overall approach to winning the perpetual war - prosecuting the direct and indirect (covert) agenda. National Training Laboratories, Bethel, Maine. Human Relations journal. “[The] National Training Laboratories... operation revolves around the particular form of Tavistock degenerate psychology known as ‘group dynamics,’ developed by German Tavistock operative Kurt Lewin...In a Lewinite brainwashing group, a number of individuals from varying backgrounds and personalities, are manipulated by a ‘group leader’ to form a ‘consensus’ of opinion, achieving a new ‘group identity.’ The key to the process is the creation of a controlled environment, in which stress is introduced (sometimes called dissonance) to crack an individual's belief structure. Using the peer pressure of other group members, the individual is cracked, and a new personality emerges with new values. The degrading experience causes the person to deny that any change has taken place... Mass production of TV sets. Benjamin Spock Commonsense Book of Child Care. 1947 CIA created - President Truman signs the National Security Act of 1947, creating the Central Intelligence Agency and National Security Council. The CIA is accountable to the president through the NSC -there is no democratic or congressional oversight. Its charter allows the CIA to "perform such other functions and duties. As the National Security Council may from time to time direct." Control of US atomic energy passes from the US Military to the civilian Atomic Energy Commission. Colonel E.E. Kirkpatrick of the U.S. Atomic Energy Comission issues a secret document (Document 07075001, January 8, 1947) stating that the agency will begin administering intravenous doses of radioactive substances to human subjects. The CIA begins its study of LSD as a potential weapon for use by American intelligence. Human subjects (both civilian and military) are used with and without their knowledge. While working with at MIT in 1946, Lewin received a phone call from the Director of the Connecticut State Inter Racial Commission requesting help to find an effective way to combat religious and racial prejudices. He set up a workshop to conduct a 'change' experiment, which laid the foundations for what is now known as sensitivity training. In 1947, this led to the establishment of the National Training Laboratories, at Bethel, Maine. Carl Rogers believed that sensitivity training is "perhaps the most significant social invention of this century." Following WWII Lewin was involved in the psychological rehabilitation of former occupants of displaced persons camps with Dr. Jacob Fine at Harvard Medical School. When Eric Trist and A T M Wilson wrote to Lewin proposing a journal in partnership with their newly founded Tavistock Institute and his group at MIT, Lewin agreed. The Tavistock journal, Human Relations, was founded with two early papers by Lewin entitled "Frontiers in Group Dynamics". Lewin taught for a time at Duke University. 1948 Tavistock joined with Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (RCGD) at the University of Michigan the next year and begin disseminating human relations literature, relating theory to practice, including promotion of change, engineering consensus, mass persuasion, breakdown of cognitive structure, and overcoming resistance. Concept of 'world citizenship' proposed at 3rd International Congress of Mental Hygiene. B.F. Skinner publishes Walden Two; Alfred Kinsey publishes Sexual Behavior in the Human Male. World Federation for Mental Health founded 1948 by John Rawlings Rees (Margaret Mead, President 1956-57). James Paul Warburg, son of Paul Warburg who wrote the Federal Reserve Act, and nephew of Max Warburg who had financed Hitler, set up the Institute for Policy Studies to promote [LSD]... and the New Left counter-culture.” RAND thinktank develops from Air Force Project RAND. The Prisoner's Dilemma of game theory (originally framed at RAND in 1950 as a Cold War strategy) frames paradoxes in self-interest. There is a higher payoff in betrayal than cooperation. The iterated prisoner's dilemma has also been referred to as the "Peace-War Game." Without a doubt, RAND is THE think tank most beholden to Tavistock Institute and certainly the RIIA's most prestigious vehicle for control of United States policies at every level. Specific RAND policies that became operative include our ICBM program, prime analyses for U.S. foreign policy making, instigator of space programs, U.S. nuclear policies, corporate analyses, hundreds of projects for the military, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in relation to the use of mind altering drugs like peyote, LSD (the covert MK-ULTRA operation which lasted for 20 years). BRAINWASHING remains the primary function of RAND. Montagu Norman's National Association for Mental Health gathered the world psychiatric and psychological leaders together at an {{International Congress on Mental Health}} at the United Kingdom's Ministry of Health in London. At this congress, a {{World Federation for Mental Health}} was formed, to run the planet's psychological services. Lady Norman, the hostess of the congress, was named to the executive board. Norman picked as president of the World Federation the chief of the British military's psychological warfare department, Tavistock Institute chief {{Brig. Gen. Dr. John Rawlings Rees.}} In connection with the founding of the World Federation for Mental Health, a New York agent of Montagu Norman named Clarence G. Michalis was made chairman of the board of the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation. That foundation, in turn, would pay for much of what the World Federation and Tavistock were to do to the United States—supplying dope and otherwise subverting western ideals. The Macy Foundation's chief medical officer, Dr. Frank Fremont- Smith, would be the permanent co-director of the World Federation with J.R. Rees. The technical coordinator of the U.S. delegation to the 1948 congress, Nina Ridenour, later wrote in {Mental Health in the United States: A Fifty Year History,} that “the World Federation for Mental Health … had been created upon the recommendation of the United Nations' {{World Health Organization}} and {{Unesco}}, because they needed a non-governmental [i.e., not accountable to any check of law or constitution—ed.] mental health organization with which they could cooperate.” Ridenour alluded to the fact that the British psychological warfare executive had itself created the heart of the U.N. apparatus: “Having official consultive status with the United Nations and several of its specialized agencies, the World Federation for Mental Health is in a position to influence some of the U.N.'s decisions and some aspects of its program. The two U.N. agencies with which the World Federation works most closely are the World Health Organization (WHO) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organzation (Unesco). “The first director of WHO, and indeed quite literally its ‘creator,’ was a prominent Canadian psychiatrist, Brock Chisholm, M.D., formerly director general of the Canadian Army Medical Services. Since its inception, WHO has made significant contributions to world mental health through the reports of its various Expert Committees; through some of its other special reports, such as the notable monograph {Mental Health and Maternal Care} by [Tavistock's] John Bowlby, M.D.; and through the widespread activities of its Mental Health Division, of which the British psychiatrist Ronald C. Hargreaves was the first director.” Unesco's partnership with Rees was guided by Unesco's founding secretary general, eugenics strategist {{Sir Julian Huxley,}} and by Unesco social sciences chief Dr. Otto Klineberg, a Tavistock-affiliated psychologist specializing in the supposedly racial characteristics of the American Negro. The CIA recreates a covert action wing, innocuously called the Office of Policy Coordination, led by Wall Street lawyer Frank Wisner. According to its secret charter, its responsibilities include "propaganda, economic warfare, preventive direct action, including sabotage, anti-sabotage, demolition and evacuation procedures; subversion against hostile states, including assistance to underground resistance groups, and support of indigenous anti-communist elements in threatened countries of the free world." 1949 '1984' by George Orwell. The year after Tavistock and the RCGD began publishing HUMAN RELATIONS, the journal (Vol. II, No. 3, 1949), published "Some Principles of Mass Persuasion" by Dorwin Cartwright who helped establish the Institute for Social Research at the University of Michigan. In this article, Cartwright reveals: "It is conceivable that one persuasive person could, through the use of mass media, bend the world's population to his will." The article goes on to describe "the modification of cognitive structure in individuals by means of mass media" and how "a person can be induced to do voluntarily something that he would otherwise not do." The article also provides "a list of essential requirements for the success of any campaign of mass persuasion." 1949 Rockefeller Foundation launches a 12-year program designed to promote research leading to "increased understanding of one culture by members of another." Universities in U.S., Canada, Great Britain, France, Turkey, Germany, India, and Japan receive grants. The CIA creates its first major propaganda outlet, Radio Free Europe. Over the next several decades, its broadcasts are so blatantly false that for a time it is considered illegal to publish transcripts of them in the U.S. Operation MOCKINGBIRD - The CIA begins recruiting American news organizations and journalists to become spies and disseminators of propaganda. Frank Wisner, Allan Dulles, Richard Helms and Philip Graham head the effort. Graham is publisher of The Washington Post, which becomes a major CIA player. Eventually, the CIA's media assets will include ABC, NBC, CBS, Time, Newsweek, Associated Press, United Press International, Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps-Howard, Copley News Service and more. By the CIA's own admission, at least 25 organizations and 400 journalists will become CIA assets. 1950 1950 - 53 Korean War. Korean War brainwashing exposed. Maoist techniques techniques included, dehumanizing of individuals by keeping them in filth, sleep deprivation,, partial, sensory deprivation, psychological harassment, inculcation of guilt, group social pressure. CIA Project MK Ultra mind control, drug and brainwashing experiments. LSD, hypnosis, "psychic driving," amnesia. Dr. Cameron became known worldwide as the first chairman of the World Psychiatric Association and president of the American and Canadian psychiatric associations. Postmodern Culture Theory and Philosophy in academia, literature, design, history, law, marketing/business: Postmodernist philosophy and the analysis of culture and society expanded the importance of critical theory in the late 20th century. Re-evaluation of the entire Western value system (love, marriage, popular culture, child-rearing, shift from industrial to service economy) took place since 1950's and 1960s, with a peak in the Social Revolution of 1968. Described as postmodernity, as opposed to postmodernism, a term referring to an opinion or movement. The CIA initiated studies in mind control programs "in 1950, with Project BLUEBIRD, rechristened ARTICHOKE in 1951. To establish a ' cover story' for this research, the CIA funded a propaganda effort designed to convince the world that the Communist Bloc had devised insidious new methods of re-shaping the human will; the CIA's own efforts could therefore, if exposed, be explained as an attempt to ' catch up' with Soviet and Chinese work. The primary promoter of this ' line' was one Edward Hunter, a CIA contract employee operating under-cover as a journalist, and, later, a prominent member of the John Birch society." "Hunter offered 'brainwashing' as the explanation for the numerous confessions signed by American prisoners of war during the Korean War and (generally) UN-recanted upon the prisoners' repatriation. These confessions alleged that the United States used germ warfare in the Korean conflict, a claim which the American public of the time found impossible to accept. Many years later, however, investigative reporters discovered that Japan's germ warfare specialists (who had wreaked incalculable terror on the conquered Chinese during WWII) had been mustered into the American national security apparatus -- and that the knowledge gleaned from Japan's horrifying germ warfare experiments probably WAS used in Korea, just as the 'brainwashed' soldiers had indicated. Thus, we now know that the entire brainwashing scare of the 1950s constituted a CIA hoax perpetrated upon the American public: CIA deputy director Richard Helms admitted as much when, in 1963, he told the Warren Commission that "Soviet mind control research consistently lagged years behind American efforts." Max Theiler of the Rockefeller Foundation Virus Laboratory wins the Nobel Prize in medicine and physiology for developing the yellow fever vaccine. Rockefeller Foundation initiates broad scale support for research in genetics with grants to establish centers and build entire university departments at California Institute of Technology, Indiana, Texas, Columbia, Wisconsin, Chicago, Johns Hopkins, MIT, Stanford, and others, as well as at many locations abroad. John Foster Dulles becomes chair of the board of trustees and serves until 1952. Six experimental biological warfare attacks by the US Army from a ship, using Bacillus globigii and Serratia marcescens along with flourescent particles (zinc cadmium sulfide), at one point forming a cloud about two miles long as the ship traveled slowly along the shoreline of San Francisco bay. One of the stated objectives of the exercise was to study "the offensive possibilities of attacking a seaport city with a BW [biological warfare] aerosol" from offshore. Monitoring devices are situated throughout the city in order to test the extent of infection. September 29, patients at Stanford University's hospital in San Francisco were found to be infected by Serratia marcescens. This type of infection had never before been reported at the hospital. Eleven patients became infected, and one died. According to a report submitted to a Senate committee [2002] by a professor of microbiology at the State University of New York at Stony Brook: "an increase in the number of Serratia marcescens can cause disease in a healthy person and...serious disease in sick people." 1951 Johnny Appleseed of LSD Alfred Hubbard first tries LSD. An OSS officer in WW II Hubbard first took LSD in 1951, and proceeded to turn on several individuals prominent in LSD research, including Dr. Humphrey Osmond, Myron Stolaroff , and Aldous Huxley, earning him the title of "the Johnny Appleseed of LSD". (Lee, Martin and Schlain, Bruce, Acid Dreams, Grove Press, 1985, pg 44) circa 1951 Hubbard later did undercover work for several agencies, including the FDA and FBI. He reportedly tried (and failed) to turn on J. Edgar Hoover. He introduced LSD to many high-ranking intelligence officers. In the early 1950's, he refused an offer to join the CIA. (Lee and Schlain, pg 52) In all, it is estimated that Hubbard introduced LSD to over 6,000 individuals. He worked until 1965 at the International Foundation for Advanced Study (mis-identified here, I think, as the International Federation for Advanced Studies) (Fahey, Todd Brendan, The Original Captain Trips", High Times, November 1991) Fahey describes Hubbard's work at SRI differently, placing him with the Alternative Futures Project, which sought to turn on the world's political and business leaders. He left SRI in 1974, and died on August 31, 1982. (Fahey) Department of Defense begins open air tests using disease-producing bacteria and viruses. Tests last through 1969 and there is concern that people in the surrounding areas have been exposed. Office of Special Operations (OSO) is merged with the Office of Policy Coordination (OPC) by Walter Bedell Smith. The CIA no longer had to share covert operations with the Pentagon and State Department. During the year, CIA money set up the Center of International Studies at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Such linkage between the CIA and research institutions on campus and in the private sector soon became standard, as it did for the Pentagon. 1952 In November, the first successful American hydrogen bomb test. National Security Agency (NSA). On October 24, 1952, President Truman signed National Security Council Directive 6, a seven-page document that eliminated the first attempt at uniting all military signal intelligence (SIGINT) operations, and created the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland. Directive 6 remains classified to this day. As a child in 1952, Jack Sarfatti claims to have received phone calls from the mechanical voice of a conscious computer aboard a spaceship, recruiting him along with 400 others for some special project. These calls have similarities to the mechanical voice which talked to Andrijah Puharich via his tape recorder. Sarfatti was later associated with Puharich. Puharich first contacts The Nine a group of channeled being via a medium. During the CIA's MK-ULTRA mind control program, John Lilly briefed the intelligence community on his work to map out the brains of animals using implanted electrodes. He abandoned this line of work because he felt it was unethical. John Lilly studied the effects of sensory deprivation tanks, and also briefed the intelligence community with his progress. Lilly refused to let any of his work be classified, and ended up leaving the National Institute of Health when he found that he could not work without the interference of the government Project Moonstruck, CIA: Electronic implants in brain and teeth Targeting: Long range Implanted during surgery or surreptitiously during abduction Frequency range: HF - ELF transceiver implants Purpose: Tracking, mind and behavior control, conditioning, programming, covert operations Functional Basis: Electronic Stimulation of the Brain, E.S.B. 1953 Iran - CIA overthrows the democratically elected Mohammed Mossadegh in a military coup, after he threatened to nationalize British oil. The CIA replaces him with a dictator, the Shah of Iran, whose secret police, SAVAK, is as brutal as the Gestapo. John C. Lilly, when asked by the director of the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) to brief the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), National Security Agency (NSA), and the various military intelligence services on his work using electrodes to stimulate directly the pleasure and pain centers in the brain, refused. He said, "Dr. Antione Redmond, using our techniques in Paris, has demonstrated that this method of stimulation on the brain can be applied to the human without help of the neurosurgeon ... This means that anybody with the proper apparatus can carry this out covertly, with no external signs that electrodes have been used in that person. I feel that if this technique got into the hands of a secret agency, they would have total control over a human being and be able to change his beliefs extremely quickly, leaving little evidence of what they had done." (From "Mind Control and the American Government", by Martin Cannon in Lobster#23, pp 2-10. Cannon quotes Lilly from his book, The Scientist, Berkeley, Ronin publishers, 1988, also Bantam Books 1981. Research by Peter Lewis.) After a statement like that of Dr. Lilly's, how long do you think it would take the agencies, FBI, CIA, NSA, etc. to contact Dr. Redmond in Paris? Project MK-ULTRA, CIA:Inspired by North Korea's brainwashing program, the CIA begins experiments on mind control. The most notorious part of this project involves giving LSD and other drugs to American subjects without their knowledge or against their will, causing several to commit suicide. However, the operation involves far more than this. Funded in part by the Rockefeller and Ford foundations, research includes propaganda, brainwashing, public relations, advertising, hypnosis, and other forms of suggestion. Drugs, electronics and electroshock Targeting: Short range Frequencies: VHF HF UHF modulated at ELF Transmission and Reception: Local production Purpose: Programming behavior, creation of "cyborg" mentalities Effects: narcoleptic trance, programming by suggestion Subprojects: Many. Pseudonym: Project Artichoke Functional Basis: Electronic Dissolution of Memory, E.D.O.M. (Disinfo???) When the CIA's mind control program was transferred from the Office of Security to the Technical Services Staff (TSS) in 1953, the name changed again -- to MKULTRA....(Later still, in 1962, mind control research was transferred to the Office of Research and Development; project cryptonyms remain unrevealed. What was studied? Everything -- including hypnosis, conditioning, sensory deprivation, drugs, religious cults, microwaves, psychosurgery, brain implants, and even ESP. When MKULTRA ' leaked' to the public during the great CIA investigations of the 1970s, public attention focused most heavily on drug experimentation and the work with ESP. Mystery still shrouds another area of study, the area which seems to have most interested ORD: psychoelectronics Martin Cannon, The Controllers: A New Hypothesis of Alien Abduction: "The MK ULTRA program was a covert behavior modification program run by the CIA in the early 1950s - with the purpose of finding ways to make men more suggestible - and involving the use of pain, drugs and hypnosis on unsuspecting human guinea pigs." The first person to publicly expose the CIA's use of "pain-drug-hypnosis" was L. Ron Hubbard, the founder of Scientology, who wrote in his 1951 book Science of Survival that it had become so extensively employed in espionage work that it was long past the time people should have become alarmed about it. "Mr. Hubbard's statement was found to be true in the 1970s, when the CIA's program became public knowledge after the Freedom of Information Act enabled investigators to document the agency's inhumane and grotesque experiments on human subjects. The ensuing outcry over the use of mind-bending drugs, which combined with electric shock caused the deaths or maiming of untold numbers of people, drew comparisons between the CIA and the infamous Nazi doctors and led to Congressional hearings into the intelligence agency." - an40286@anon.penet.fi (probably from the Scientology Guardians Organization) Army Chemical Warfare Service staff member Dr. Frank Olsen died in a CIA LSD experiment. During the Second World War, Olsen developed assassination weapons that could evade autopsies, including a range of lethal aerosols in handy sized containers, disguised as deodorants, shaving cream, and insect repellents. The CIA's official budget exceeded $100 billion, none of which was accountable to Congress or even the President. U.S. military releases clouds of zinc cadmium sulfide gas over Winnipeg, St. Louis, Minneapolis, Fort Wayne, the Monocacy River Valley in Maryland, and Leesburg, Virginia. Their intent is to determine how efficiently they could disperse chemical agents. The U.S. Army also continued to spray American cities with biological agents. It tested only on the black ghetto sections of St. Louis, and arranged for local police surveillance "to minimize the possibility of loss of equipment." The Army reported "much less public interest and curiosity" during this field-test than in Minneapolis. Joint Army-Navy-CIA experiments are conducted in which tens of thousands of people in New York and San Francisco are exposed to the airborne germs Serratia marcescens and Bacillus glogigii. CIA initiates Project MKULTRA. This is an eleven year research program designed to produce and test drugs and biological agents that would be used for mind control and behavior modification. Six of the subprojects involved testing the agents on unwitting human beings. 1953 Bertrand Russell publishes The Impact of Science on Society, promoting mass psychology strategies throughout the educational process. Frank Olsen's LSD-related death. 1953: CIA launches Operation MK/ULTRA, a major drug and mind-control program. Although THC acetate is studied as an interrogation aid, CIA is more concerned about reports of communist brainwashing experiments on American POWs in Korea, and focuses on stronger, hallucinogenic drugs. "Aside from the offensive potential, the development of a comprehensive capability in this field... gives a thorough knowledge of the enemy's theoretical potential, thus enabling us to defend ourselves against a foe who might not be as restrained in the use of these techniques as we are." Some CIA employees, including perhaps Meyer, volunteer for experiments. Through a front organization called The Society For Human Ecology, CIA begins sponsoring $25 million in research into the effects of mind-altering drugs -- LSD, psilocybin and mescaline -- at Harvard University and at several cites in the San Francisco-Oakland area, including Stanford and Berkeley. 1954 Founding of Bilderberger Group annual conferences and steering committees. "The Doors of Perception" by Aldous Huxley The Fund for Theological Education - supported in the main by the Rockefeller Foundation, was established in the early 1950s as a response to a perceived crisis in Protestant theological education. In order to encourage talented college graduates to consider the ministry, an unprecedented initiative was launched in 1954 to attract promising but otherwise undecided candidates to seminary education. Begun in close affiliation with the American Association of Theological Schools , the Fund for Theological Education grew both in scope and size over the next forty years. To date close to 5000 scholarships have been awarded, and the Fund can number among its past recipients some of today's most eminent theological educators and clergy. Rockefeller Foundation supports the Growth of American Families project, the first of the national fertility studies now carried out every five years with U.S. government support. Atomic scientist Robert J. Oppenheimer [the Father of the Atomic Bomb] loses his US security clearance. Guatemala - CIA overthrows the democratically elected Jacob Arbenz in a military coup. Arbenz has threatened to nationalize the Rockefeller-owned United Fruit Company, in which CIA Director Allen Dulles also owns stock. Arbenz is replaced with a series of right-wing dictators whose bloodthirsty policies will kill over 100,000 Guatemalans in the next 40 years. North Vietnam - CIA officer Edward Lansdale spends four years trying to overthrow the communist government of North Vietnam, using all the usual dirty tricks. The CIA also attempts to legitimize a tyrannical puppet regime in South Vietnam, headed by Ngo Dinh Diem. These efforts fail to win the hearts and minds of the South Vietnamese because the Diem government is opposed to true democracy, land reform and poverty reduction measures. The CIA's continuing failure results in escalating American intervention, culminating in the Vietnam War. 1955 MK ULTRA launched by CIA and RAND for mind control, drug, brainwashing research. Mental Health Study Act mandates mental health practices. Further projects included: the British Society for Projective Psychology, the Phillipson’s Object Relations Technique, Interpersonal Perception, Rorschach testing of state-school pupils, socio-technical studies, agricultural restructuring, social networking, prison relationships, electro convulsive therapy (shock treatment), lobotomization, 3-quinuclidinyl benzilate, the study of the Russian national character, sensitivity training, psychobehavioral chemical incapacitation, experiential mass-learning, inter-group experience, responses to meta-problems emerging in society, social analysis, Project Bluebird-Artichoke-MKULTRA (the investigation of this project was stage-managed by Nelson Rockefeller, brainwashing, the Unabomber, LSD-promotion, false personality overlaying, the New Age movement, acceptance of occult practices, promotion of abortion, the development of inclusive language, social engagement, multi-culturalism, open borders, and the questioning of “normal” social structures, the acceptance of deviancy, and so on. April 18, Albert Einstein dies. (circa) Dr Louis West, friends with Aldous Huxley. It was Huxley who suggested that West combine LSD and hypnosis in his experiments. (Lee, Martin and Schlain, Bruce, Acid Dreams, Grove Press, 1985, pg 48) West was an Air Force Major, chairman of the Psychiatry Department of UCLA, director of the Neuro-Psychiatric Institute, expert in hypnosis. West was a veteran of the CIA's MKULTRA mind control program, and worked on interrogation techniques using hypnosis and LSD. West once killed an elephant by grossly overestimating a dose of LSD (elsewhere, I have heard that the tranquilizers required to calm the animal caused its death). West also studied the returning American POWs from Korea for the effects of brainwashing. (Scheflin, Alan and Opton, Edward Jr., The Mind Manipulators, Paddington Press Ltd, 1978, pg 149-50) MK-Ultra An experiment took place in which an Army "volunteer" was sealed in a sensory deprivation chamber for 40 consecutive hours. In panic and terror, he kicked his way out, and wept uncontrollably for a day. This resulted in a change of policy: the box was strengthened. Morris K. Jessup published The Case For the UFO The CIA, in an experiment to test its ability to infect human populations with biological agents, releases Hemophilus pertussis - obtained from the Army's biological warfare arsenal - over Tampa Bay, FL. According to Florida state medical records, the incidence of whooping-cough in Florida tripled that year. Army Chemical Corps continues LSD research, studying its potential use as a chemical incapacitating agent. More than 1,000 Americans participate in the tests, which continue until 1958. 1956 R.D. Laing was appointed senior registrar at the Tavistock Clinic in 1956, three years after he left the British Army Psychiatric Unit. He began experimenting with LSD in 1960, and then in 1962 when he became a family therapist at the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, he also met Gregory Bateson while visiting the U.S. Bateson had been with the Office of Strategic Services (forerunner of the CIA), and then led the MK-Ultra hallucinogen (LSD) project. Bateson's and Margaret Mead's daughter, Mary Catherine Bateson, along with New Ager Jean Houston, would later help Hilary Clinton write IT TAKES A VILLAGE. IN 1964 Laing met LSD proponent Timothy Leary in New York and also authored "Transcendental Experience in Relation and Psychosis" (THE PSYCHEDELIC REVIEW, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1964). Three years later Laing participated in the July 15-30 1967 Dialectics of Liberation Congress. 1957 Eisenhower uses well-armed federal troops (including the 101st Airborne) to desegregate schools (over strong state resistance) in Little Rock Arkansas. The "D-Day" parallel is. . . Future American President, William Clinton is living in Arkansas at this time. It has now been documented that millions of doses of LSD were produced and disseminated under the aegis of the CIA's Operation MK-Ultra. LSD became the drug of choice within the agency itself, and was passed out freely to friends of the family, including a substantial number of OSS veterans. For instance, it was OSS Research and Analysis Branch veteran Gregory Bateson who 'turned on' the Beat poet Allen Ginsberg to a U.S. Navy LSD experiment in Palo Alto, California. Not only Ginsberg, but novelist Ken Kesey and the original members of the Grateful Dead rock group opened the doors of perception courtesy of the Navy. The guru of the 'psychedelic revolution', Timothy Leary, first heard about hallucinogens in 1957 from Life magazine (whose publisher, Henry Luce, was often given government acid, like many other opinion shapers), and began his career as a CIA contract employee; at a 1977 'reunion' of acid pioneers, Leary openly admitted, 'everything I am, I owe to the foresight of the CIA'.'' [Michael J. Minnicino, "The New Dark Age The Frankfurt School and 'Political Correctness'", Fidelio, v1 #1] The MK-Ultra program had moved six drugs into active use. In February, Sid Gottlieb organized field trial of psilocybin for injection into nine black inmates at the Addiction Center in Lexington, Kentucky. Scientists then measured their psychological responses. At the end of February, Dulles approved Ewen Cameron's application for mind control experiments to be administered at McGill University Montreal, funded through the Society for Investigation of Human Ecology, a CIA organization. Cameron, the most prestigious psychiatrist in North America at the time, coined the terms "depatterning" and "psychic driving," to describe what he did to people. He was also a leading proponent of lobotomies, or "psychic surgery." Cameron began serious work on sensory deprivation, and created a "sleep room." This dimly-lit dormitory of about twenty beds where patients were drugged, given electroshock, and lobotomized was referred to by the nurses as "The Zombie Room." The experiments were conducted in Canada to keep them concealed and off U.S. soil. The Canadian government was unaware of these activities. 1958 Project Argus Between August and September 1958, the US Navy exploded three fission type nuclear bombs 480 km above the South Atlantic Ocean, in the part of the lower Van Allen Belt closest to the earth's surface. In addition, two hydrogen bombs were detonated 160 km over Johnston Island in the Pacific. The military called this "the biggest scientific experiment ever undertaken." It was designed by the US Department of Defense and the US Atomic Energy Commission, under the code name Project Argus. The purpose appears to be to assess the impact of high altitude nuclear explosions on radio transmission and radar operations because of the electromagnetic pulse (EMP), and to increase understanding of the geomagnetic field and the behavior of the charged particles in it. This gigantic experiment created new (inner) magnetic radiation belts encompassing almost the whole earth, and injected sufficient electrons and other energetic particles into the ionosphere to cause world wide effects. The electrons traveled back and forth along magnetic force lines, causing an artificial "aurora" when striking the atmosphere near the North Pole. The US Military planned to create a "telecommunications shield" in the ionosphere, reported in 13-20 August 1961, Keesings Historisch Archief (K.H.A.). This shield would be created "in the ionosphere at 3,000 km height, by bringing into orbit 350,000 million copper needles, each 2-4 cm long [total weight 16 kg], forming a belt 10 km thick and 40 km wide, the needles spaced about 100 m apart." This was designed to replace the ionosphere "because telecommunications are impaired by magnetic storms and solar flares." The US planned to add to the number of copper needles if the experiment proved to be successful. This plan was strongly opposed by the International Union of Astronomers. Project Orion, U.S.A.F: Drugs, hypnosis, and ESB Targeting: Short range, in person Frequencies: ELF Modulation Transmission and Reception: Radar, microwaves, modulated at ELF frequencies Purpose: Top security personnel debriefing, programming, insure security and loyalty Pseudonym: "Dreamland" While Lilly implies that he left the NIH because of unethical government interference, his Communications Research Institute (founded in the 1958 to study dolphins) was partially funded by the Air Force, NASA, NIHM, the National Science Foundation, and the Navy. He was assisted in this work by Gregory Bateson While experimenting with sensory deprivation and LSD and ketamine, Lilly came to believe that he was in psychic contact with the aliens of what he called the Earth Coincidence Control Office. The aliens were guiding events in Lilly's life to lead him to work with dolphins, which were psychic conduits between aliens and humans. The aliens are acting for the survival of organic lifeforms against artificial intelligences, called solid state lifeforms LSD is tested on 95 volunteers at the Army's Chemical Warfare Laboratories for its effect on intelligence. In December, Robert Welch founds the John Birch Society. 1959 VIET NAM WAR (1959-1975) Television is a hypnotic for social engineering (Emery). The Manchrian Candidate novel by Richard Condon, (films 1962, 2004). Huxley speeches in London on "Latent Human Potential." COINTELPRO is kicked off and the games begin. The horrific experiments conducted by the Army and CIA at Edgewood Arsenal and McGill University worsened with the addition of a new chemical: quinunclidinyl benzilate, or BZ. More powerful than LSD, the effects of BZ lasted three days. At times, the effects lasted as long as six days. Between 1959 and 1975, an estimated 2,800 U. S. soldiers were given BZ at Edgewood Arsenal. Jose Delgado invented the stimociever, a miniature depth electrode able to receive and transmit electronic signals over FM radio waves. By stimulating a correctly positioned stimociever, an outside operator could wield a surprising degree of control over the subject's responses. 1960 The psychedelic “counter-culture” originated when Sandoz A.G., an asset of S.G. Warburg & Co., developed LSD. James Paul Warburg (son of Paul Warburg who had written the Federal Reserve Act in 1910 and sponsored Nazi eugenics programs), financed a subsidiary of the Tavistock Institute in the United States called the Institute for Policy Studies, whose director, Marcus Raskin, was appointed to the National Security Council. James Paul Warburg set up a CIA program to surreptitiously experiment with LSD on human “guinea pigs”, some of whom committed suicide. This program, MK-Ultra, was supervised by Dr. Gottlieb. 1960 MK-DELTA, CIA: Fine-tuned electromagnetic subliminal programming Targeting: Long Range Frequencies: VHF HF UHF Modulated at ELF Transmission and Reception: Television antennae, radio antennae, power lines, mattress spring coils, modulation on 60 Hz wiring. Purpose: programming behavior and attitudes in general population Effects: fatigue, mood swings, behavior dysfunction and social criminality, mood swings Pseudonym: "Deep Sleep", R.H.I.C. Hal Puthoff, according to author Jim Schnabel (and confirmed by Dr. Puthoff), served at the NSA in the early 1960's during his tour with the Navy, not the Army as McRae reported, and later stayed on as a civillian. Joined SRI in 1971 as a specialist in laser physics. Served as an officer in the Navy from 1960-63 at Ft. Meade Headlines read "Khrushchev Says Soviets Will Cut Forces a Third; Sees 'Fantastic Weapon' ". (From article of same title, by Max Frankel, New York Times, Jan. 15, 1960, p 1 as cited in "Tesla's Electro- magnetics and Its Soviet Weaponization", paper by T. E. Bearden.) The International Foundation for Advanced study is established. Founded by Myron Stolaroff and Paul Kurtz, and located in Menlo Park, California. Studied the effects of LSD and mescaline from 1961 to 1965. (Anderson, Walter Truett, The Upstart Spring, Addison-Wesley Publishing, 1983) The foundation also offered LSD therapy for $500 a session. In late 1961, the foundation released The Psychedelic Experience: A New Concept in Psychotherapy. (Stevens, Jay, Storming Heaven, Atlantic Monthly Press, 1987, pg 177-9) Also involved with the IFAS were Alfred Hubbard, Vice President Willis Harman, Charles Savage, Robert Mogar, James Fadiman, and Ethel Savage; with Hubbard reportedly supplying the drugs (then legal for research). The Army Assistant Chief-of-Staff for Intelligence (ACSI) authorizes field testing of LSD in Europe and the Far East. Testing of the european population is code named Project THIRD CHANCE; testing of the Asian population is code named Project DERBY HAT. Duke Law School grad., former VP, and Navy Vet., Richard M. Nixon; and millionaire, Harvard Grad, and Navy Vet. John F. Kennedy (JFK) run for the Presidency. A joint televised news conference is held for the first time and is billed as "The Presidential Debates." JFK is elected in a very close election. He will serve approximately 1000 days before being assassinated. The assassination will be investigated by a commission led by former California Governor, (but non-lawyer), US Supreme Court Justice, Earl Warren. Another of the commission members (the Warren Commission) is future President, Gerald Ford. 1961 Leary starts Harvard LSD experiments. "There will be, in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution." (Aldous Huxley), Tavistock Group, California Medical School, 1961. Wilfred Bion, Tavistock founding member, wrote the influential Experiences in Groups, London: Tavistock, 1961. Experiences in Groups was an important guide for the group psychotherapy and encounter group movements beginning in the 1960s, and quickly became a touchstone work for applications of group theory in a wide variety of fields. Chaos Theory and Mandelbrot's fractal dimensions and attractors formalized by Edward Lorenz with computer. Dynamics applied to mathematics, biology, computer science, ecology, population dynamics. psychology, robotics, economics,engineering, finance, philosophy, physics, politics, John F. Kennedy becomes the nation's first Roman Catholic president. Lyndon Johnson is vice president and an active partner, attending Cabinet, National Security Council, and special White House meetings. He chairs other councils and committee and represents JFK on goodwill missions throughout the world, explaining the administration's foreign-aid policy. On July 4th, the President replies to a congratulatory note sent to him on July 3 from Soviet Premier Leonid Brezhnev on the 185th anniversary of the Fourth of July, stating the U.S. is still dedicated to the "revolutionary principles of individual liberty and national freedom." Excerpts from Eisenhower's Farewell Speech - [... ]We face a hostile ideology global in scope, atheistic in character, ruthless in purpose, and insidious in method. Unhappily the danger it poses promises to be of indefinite duration. To meet it successfully, there is called for, not so much the emotional and transitory sacrifices of crisis, but rather those which enable us to carry forward steadily, surely, and without complaint the burdens of a prolonged and complex struggle - with liberty the stake. [...] [T]hreats, new in kind or degree, constantly arise. Of these, I mention two only. [...] A vital element in keeping the peace is our military establishment. Our arms must be mighty, ready for instant action, so that no potential aggressor may be tempted to risk his own destruction. Our military organization today bears little relation to that known by any of my predecessors in peacetime, or indeed by the fighting men of World War II or Korea. Until the latest of our world conflicts, the United States had no armaments industry. American makers of plowshares could, with time and as required, make swords as well. But now we can no longer risk emergency improvisation of national defense; we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment. We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations. [...] This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence - economic, political, even spiritual - is felt in every city, every Statehouse, every office of the Federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. The prospect of domination of the nation's scholars by Federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present - and is gravely to be regarded. 1962 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis. Esalan founded. The Human Potential Movement (HPM) arose out of the psychosocial culture of the 1960s and formed around the concept of cultivating extraordinary potential that its advocates believed to lie largely untapped in most people. The movement took as its premise the belief that through the development of "human potential", humans can experience an exceptional quality of life filled with happiness, creativity and fulfillment. Those who begin to unleash this assumed potential often find themselves directing their actions within society towards assisting others to release their potential. Adherents believe that the net effect of individuals cultivating their potential will bring about positive social change at large. In October, the knights of Malta award Lyndon Johnson the Grand Cross of Merit of the Sovereign Order of Malta for his "significant humanitarian contributions." He is the first American to be so honored by the knights of one of the oldest Roman Catholic orders. Keep in mind that the Catholic Church has been coopted by the CIA and is an "intelligence asset." Kennedy stands firm against Khrushchev during the Cuban Missile Crisis. By the end of November, the missiles have been shipped back to the Soviet Union. The Esalen Institute was founded in 1964 by Mike Murphy and Dick Price out of Murphy's family resort. Murphy and Price had been running seminars at the resort beginning in 1962, with speakers gathered through an expanding network of contacts, beginning with Alan Watts, Aldous Huxley, George Bateson, Gerald Heard, and others. [see Anderson, Walter Truett, The Upstart Spring, Addison-Wesley Publishing, 1983 for an expansive history of Esalen] While an engineering professor at Stanford University, Harman led a 1962 conference on human potentiality at the Esalen Institute called "The Expanding Vision". Harman went on later to head IONS with Astronaut Edgar Mitchell. Michael Murphy and Dick Price founded the Esalen Institute in 1962, primarily as a center for the study and development of human potential, and some people continue to regard Esalen as the geographical center of the movement today[update]. Aldous Huxley gave lectures on the "Human Potential" at Esalen in the early 1960s and some people consider his ideas too as fundamental to the movement. George Leonard, a magazine writer and editor who conducted research for an article on human potential, became an important early influence on Esalen. Leonard claims that he came up with the phrase "Human Potential Movement" during a brainstorming session with Murphy. He and Murphy then popularized the idea in bestselling books. Leonard has worked closely with the Esalen Institute ever since and in 2005 served as its president. Over the next two decades, the NTL would spread its operations to various countries around the world. And in its ISSUES IN (HUMAN RELATIONS) TRAINING (1962), its sensitivity training is referred to as "brainwashing." Recently, NTL has conducted programs relevant to Tavistock such as "NTL and Tavistock: Two Traditions of Group Work," "Tavistock Program: Re-Thinking and Planning for Organizational Change," and "The Tavistock--Task Working Conference which is a program structured around various group configurations.... Periodically each group will review its actions and results to learn from processes, roles, values, and methods as they evolve." Other recent NTL programs have featured people such as New Ager Jean Houston and the witch Starhawk. Manchurian Candidate film, The Mindbenders film, Clockwork Orange novel. Tavistock has twisted roots. In the 1960s, the para-medical group morphed into social science and social engagement -- Operational Research (OR), a matrix form of organization -- with nodes of an emerging international inter-corporate organization. Types include socio-psychological, the socio-technical and the socio-ecological perspectives. Tavistock-like centers spread with joint undertakings in generic field-determined problems, not just small issues. Some are no longer directly linked with London. The work is future oriented and concerned with the transition to post industrial social order and transmodern paradigm shift. Problem-oriented research includes interdependent research/teaching research/service, research/action form. Autonomous institutes which must network arise from the later.

Tavistock Timeline

ionamiller — Sun, 18 Oct 2009 04:38:44 GMT

Esoterics Interview 1

ionamiller — Sat, 10 Oct 2009 00:47:23 GMT

Z - I'm curious as to who or what had first introduced you to the esoteric or occult practices? <>My first exposure to metaphysics was in the 60's. We used to get high and go see mystics and psychics for the fun of it. I remember buying my first tarot deck in La Jolla, Ca. I lived in Ojai, California, a Theosophical center and home of Krotona, their center with its huge library of metaphysics. They had classes for everything, just like you find everywhere now, but then it was rare to non-existent. The whole town was like living in a cult, so even the public library was full of wonderful philosophy books - things veryrare in those days. It was around that time the Krishnamurti Foundation was established for the "Un-guru." I was lucky enough to see his Oak Grove talks, and had many ‘wise old woman’ mentors who directed my studies and goals, shortcutting my process of shopping the ‘spiritual supermarket’. Through Theosophy, and the excellent library there, I learned about various mystic arts, including astrology from a former Bishop of the Liberal Catholic Church. I learned more than she thought she was teaching since she loved her daily Port. She would get drunk and rave about being “possessed by Koothomi” and ask me to slap her in the face. So, before the vogue for channelling, I learned “don’t go THERE”! But she was a terrific astrologer, named Marion…with many cats. Of all of the occult arts, magick seemed to be the most intriguing because it had the most depth. Qabala seemed a hobby one could neither exhaust nor conquer. My study ranged far and deep, and of course Crowley was a big part of that. My first real magick book was Regardie’s TREE OF LIFE. I really got into it. Realizing this was not exactly the "norm," I began investigating psychology, also, to keep a reality check on myself. By the early 70's, I was an avid Jungian. I began writing to crystallize my thoughts on the interface between mysticism and depth psychology. This eventually became THE HOLISTIC QABALA, whose outline came through in one of those blissfully flowing experiences where it all comes together. A continuing interest of mine is the relationship of psyche and matter…that interface where nothing becomes something, or psyche “matters”. What was your first inclination in regards to which were the true hermetic doctrines? <>I followed what had appeal for me, what spoke to my heart and resonated. I was always not so much into grimoires and that kind of Magick as the ultimately necessary self transformation type of practice. I viewed it as the tradition of the Intelligentsia of each era. Now practice of the mystic arts has gotten mixed up with conspiracy theories. It all looks like a bunch of control-fantasies to me. Fact is, no one group is "in charge" but several factions interact in complex patterns. through the dynamics of chaos. Still, the core of ritual, altering consciousness by constructing atmospheres of various spheres and pathworking seemed to be a comprehensive and very elegant system, based in enough ersatz “tradition” to satisfy me of its symbolic, if not historical, authenticity. It is a self-initiatory artform, a mental and spiritual practice, a Way.. But it’s true I plowed through a graveyard of crappy occult literature, too, in the interest of leaving no philosopher’s stone unturned. I got a pretty comprehensive picture of the whole landscape of spiritual alternatives and their relative levels of penetration and illumination. How had you studied and applied these? I don't know: I was made for qabalah and it was made for me. I ate, lived and breathed Magick for decades until it became sort of a 24/7 headspace resembling a flow experience rather than any kind of effort or even intentionality. I did the full Abremelin Retreat. It was always my priority, a core mode of personal self-expression. Everything either takes you closer to THAT connection to your own essence or further away. Eventually, you just inhabit sacred spacetime time, even if one foot remains in the mundane. Everything takes on a depth dimension spinning and unraveling deep meanings. If Will really came into it, it was more like just focusing on what I sought to accomplish. Now it’s more like “being there,” than any kind of striving for ultimates. I've become more like a Strange Attractor. Ultimately magick undergirds one’s worldview, or not. nature either validates your worldview or not. It’s not really something you choose - it chooses you. Was it Castenada who said find a path with heart? Again I had some great mentors to learn from on the way, including the Grand Dames of the Agape Lodge of North Hollywood, Phyllis Seckler and Helen Parsons Smith. I was born and raised in spitting distance of their notorious Pasadena workings. But I selected not to go the OTO route, with “Our Father, Aleister Crowley”, because I wanted to write prolifically LIKE Crowley, not memorize his entire catalog of works or “worship” him like another Theosophical “ass-ended master”. I am not saying I have matched Crowley in any way, but I admired his impressive body of work. Remember, when looking at my inspirations or mentors, I am always under the early influence of the independence-promoting Krishnaji, even though that SOUNDS paradoxical. I was, however, pleased years later to see him hooked up with David Bohm’s holographic work. They were philosophical buddies since their views echoed and reinforced one another's positions at a higher high scientific and spiritual level. What was your experience with the kabbalah to so passionately address it as you do in your belief system? I had heard the Kabbalah (for which the tarot cards were guides) was formulated back during the existence of Lemuria. Well, Lemuria and other lost continents got a lot of press in Theosophy, but I never really cared much about that. Mostly, I think it's made up by people who believe what they confabulate. Current archaeology does show some plausible explanation for sunken habitat around the end of the last Ice Ages, however. You often see confabulation doing hypnotherapy. It starts with a grain of truth, then the imagination fills in the blanks. What’s done is done - like past lives. IF they existed, we are the culmination of that and I’m forward and future oriented - visionary. So, time for me is telescoped - the past infuses the present, the future shakes hands with the present. Why did I love kabbalah? It nourished me. It gave me a sense of a great web of life. It WORKED for me in a way I found tangible, and comprehensible, and like my immersion in Jungian psychology allowed me to articulate and express myself in a more meaningful and deeper way. It was heartful, rational, and aesthetically appealing. Ultimately, lots of ritual work is fundamentally celebratory - being alive and grooving with Nature, and our own nature. ...And, the drugs and sex weren't bad, either. Then! Again, I’m less into the history of it all, and kabbalah's so-called “authentic” roots, than in its symbolic authenticity. It is a way to mobilize and deploy the unconscious. It is a comprehensive symbol system, which can be played symphonically to alter states of consciousness systematically. The Tree of Life conveniently depicts all ways of Being (spheres) and Becoming (paths) in the minimum number of graphic elements - colors and simple reiterative geometry. My inner artist appreciates that elegance and depth in simplicity. The Tree is sort of the E=MC2 of metaphysics. It appeals to me aesthetically. I LIVE in that place, from that place - an ongoing multidimensional perspective. It is a comprehsive point of view. One is frequently in the Observer Self. <>What I used to tell my psychotherapy clients is true of kabbalah, also: the method works if you do. It isn’t called the GREAT WORK for nothing, not the Great Dabble, or the Great Party, or the Great Persona, or whatever. It is about the serious business of examining, knowing, and changing yourself at the core level. Do you believe this race of humans existed? That its history dates back farther than Sumeria? It’s pure conjecture, although civilization appears to have fallen out of the sky. But who knows. Sitchin has confounded the whole issue, and then there is the whole new genre of so-called “Forbidden Archaeology”. Again, that is sterile conjecture for me, though clearly humans were doing some remarkable things before the dawn of written history. What’s next? Either way, we are the spearhead of civilization, such as it is. It's the Supervolcanoes you've got to watch out for! 70,000 years ago, Tuva squeezed the human race down to a few thousand survivors as the DNA record shows. Civilizations have been deeply affected by catastrophes. Some current research indicates the Sumerian Flood was caused by an asteroid in the Indian Ocean. Many myths have a factual if fancified basis. What is your opinion of Blavatsky's teachings? <>Nice surrepetitious compilation of the wisdom of the East with her name on it. Strongly reflective of some 200 books she had in her library. Too bad she got caught faking poltergeists in her séance shenanigans. But she opened the west to eastern thought - both Hindu and Buddhist, and was a political influence, too. Theosophy is such a mish-mash. She was one strong lady, way ahead of her time. This is why I laugh when I hear the term “New Age”. It’s all warmed over Theosophy, often with a big dose of idiosyncratic symbolism, if not idiot-syncratic. I believe in keeping the basis of tradition and contemporizing from there, not leaving all proven systems of philosophical thought behind. After all, the territory is well charted in several symbolic languages and systems. But people tend to be eclectic now, or to try on this and that trend and compound their own philosophy. However, in my youth I preferred the writings and style of Lucis Trust, though I may have fantasized about one day being an Annie Besant, haha. I remember standing in Krotona looking up at that big imposing portrait and thinking, “Yeah!” Ah, youth. Now I have no aspirations to such a thing. Alice Bailey impressed me with her notion of "false glamour" (she secretly meant the Blavatsy/Besant cabal) and that has stuck with me through this whole era of new age hucksterism. But, today to be heard you have to engage in a degree of shameless self-promotion. How do you feel about the Golden Dawn and its offshoot branches like the OTO of Crowley's creation? I think they are great, and I support their work, and am also pro-BOTA which I think has the best qabalistic writing from Ann Davies. Phyllis Seckler told me in blunt terms that OTO is strictly a fraternal organization which she didn’t feel had any occult current, though she claimed one for her A.A., and College of Thelema. Again, it comes down to certain kinds of human needs for different types of personality and what they resonate with. Some want to lead, and some want to follow. Structure for a developmental process is perhaps good, but it may be the sign of an overactive ego too, paraodoxically. A bit heroic and therefore, “yanged out.” Some people just want to build their persona around being magickal or Goth or whatever. We were Goth before it existed - with Beltane Books in Seattle. I will say also, I have never seen two magicians agree philosophically on anything, and rarely on practicalities. Because of this I always laugh in Grade B horror flicks at how organized and coordinated the “black magicians” always are, haha. They’ve got their shit together.<> What do you think happened that would have caused the failure of Madame Blavatsky and Katherine Tingley's Utopian Retreat? I don’t know. Blah-vatsky brought herself down with her chicanery - fraud. Still, the work stands on its own and has risen above that legacy. Tough to keep a good Buddha down. Utopian ideas and ideals have obvious limitations and some pernicious roots in Fabian socialism. An argument can be made they are part of social engineering programs to control society that came out of England, out of Tavistock. Mostly,utopianism is a fantasized reaction to oppression. Fact is, we don’t live in an IDEAL world. The 60s communal living experiments are a good example. Most of these didn’t “work” in the long run either. There are a million ways to go wrong, not even counting that people have a change of heart or want a different lifestyle. I think lifestyle is the root of most relationship trouble, even when there is strong love. If two people can barely get along, how are you going to maintain a core group indefinitely? What is your interpretation of an adept? Io-Few will likely agree with what I say, but there are varying degrees of facility at conjuring up one’s reality to be the way you want it. But that presumes Will has anything to do with it, though this same faculty is called “intentionality” in paraphysics and now in THE SECRET. We can think of it as the logical impossibility of synthetic synchronicity, tweeking the potential field. The trick is knowing exactly what needs to be done so the universe cooperates. It has to be absolutely necessary. I consider one who is (minor) adept roughly equivalent to Maslow’s self-actualizing individual who enjoys some degree of self fulfillment but still serves some inner Muse, or drive, or mission ~ a dynamic deeper than the personality or persona. In touch with, aware of, and constantly choosing to embody their higher Self, which I would equate with a Tiphareth consciousness (at least Tiphareth of the astral). In postmodern Jungian terms, moving beyond archetypal roles and metanarratives and constricting belief systems toward true individuation. In magickal terms, it would also imply someone who has so incorporated experiences of the atmospheres of each sphere within that that awareness automatically persists as a gestalt. In physics terms, I guess you might call it a transformed field body. Theosophy calls it the causal body or mental body, contrasted with the astral or emotional body. In short someone who lives from their heart with passion and compassion, but firmly grounded in the body ~ no dichotomy of spiritual and physical worlds. This might not be a continuous state of mind, but it would be a stabilized grace, rather than emergent one. Spirit and soul conjoined, in the sense of Eros and Psyche ~ an erotic and passionate embrace with Being, erotically imaginative. A conscious active indissoluble bond with Source which feeds nourishes. The melodious harmony of the flow state, where all things conspire toward the inevitable. When the inevitable becomes what you want, what you want becomes inevitable. How do you yourself see the godhead? Io-…a disappearing act. How do you feel about the Golden Dawn and its offshoot branches like the OTO of Crowley's creation? I think they are great, and I support their work, and am also pro-BOTA which I think has the best qabalistic writing from Ann Davies. Phyllis Seckler told me in blunt terms that OTO is strictly a fraternal organization which she didn’t feel had an occult current, though she claimed one for her A.A., and College of Thelema. On the other hand, I saw her reschedule a Solstice rite for a weekend, then break the magickal circle to answer the door. Again, it comes down to certain kinds of human needs for different types of personality and what they resonate with. Some want to lead, and some want to follow, and some remain independent. Structure for a developmental process is perhaps good, but it may be the sign of an overactive ego too, paraodoxically. A bit heroic and therefore, “yanged out.” Some people just want to build their persona around being magickal or Goth or whatever. We were Goth before it existed - with Beltane Books in Seattle. I will say also, I have never seen two magicians agree philosophically on anything, and rarely on practicalities. Because of this I always laugh in Grade B horror flicks at how organized and coordinated the “black magicians” always are, haha. They’ve got their shit together. You had stated learning from two grand Dames of the Agape Lodge, Helen Parsons and Phyllis Seckler. Can you elaborate on what you learned from them? Could you tell me what they were both like personally? As important women figures in the organization I think it's imperative to mention them too. Phyllis was certainly the most serious about her work, and tried to move the teaching forward systematically. Whether her efforts survive the power wars remains to be seen. Helen had moved away from any semblance of magical lifestyle. I specifically did NOT join OTO because Phyllis said to me, "No one in the OTO has gotten their Angel, except maybe me." That didn't leave much for me there, as getting your angel is the basic point. The whole problem for me was a rerun of what I loathed in Theosophy - the chicanery and in-fighting, the thievery, the clicqish squabbling. They were, however, dedicated preservationists in their own ways of the Crowley legacy. They taught me indirectly to keep the focus on the transformational process, not a bunch of fraternal in fighting and administration. They did not understand my contemporizations of magical philosophy, much like elder scientists are loath to embrace a new paradigm. When you said that after your early experiences with the OTO, you had chosen something else.."I went another Way..". What did you mean by that? Io: I was initiated in Sant Mat, one of the Radha Soami faiths (now called Science of the Soul)…a meditation school, whose consciousness map described exactly the same phenomenology as kabbalah, including the Abyss and Daath and 3 veils of negative manifestation. It just had a more competent credible teacher than I could find in Magick. At least it was a better role model, for me. Also, have you felt your 'angel'? It's a temperamental and conditional gift, so if you do not want to discuss it I understand. I cannot talk about my Sant Mat experiences as we are enjoined not to do that. But my angel is my daemon, my genius and is always with me. That is why I am so prolific. What else would you call it? Again, that is why I didn’t join OTO. If only one person even got their angel there (according to Phyllis) why bother? I've always wanted to ask you what you feel the spirit consists of After death? Returned to the ‘ground state’ of the vacuum potential, cosmic zero - to Nuit. Frankly, I think when you’re dead, you’re dead - fade to black. Have you had any discussions with otherworldly figures? Not that I took literally. You are called a quantum metaphysicist. Can you explain what this means? Haha, well, I don’t think I’ve applied this abstruse term to myself, but I’ll give it a go. Originally physics was a discipline of discerning the nature of physical reality, objective reality. Quantum mechanics shows that at its fundamental levels, reality is in a state of continual flux that cannot be pinned down. The vacuum potential, or zero-point energy fluctuates in and out of the observable domain. Many theories have been advanced to describe this “mattering” of something from nothing. Meta-physics means simply beyond physics, beyond the objective, beyond the concrete observables. There is no consensus in physics now about the primal nature of reality, that is why there are so many competing models from string or M-theory to the old Copenhagen notion of quantum mechanics that required the subjective observation of the experimenter. All of this is now wrapped up with the nature of consciousness, our consciousness and the nature of the cosmos. This means physics itself has reverted to a natural philosophy, rather than what was called “hard science”, because at this time the hypotheses are essentially untestable and the notion of ‘objectivity’ itself has been questioned. So, if I were to “own” the title of quantum metaphysicist (I would prefer quantum metaphysician ), it would mean that the domain of my investigations on the nature of reality and my reality focuses on that interface where psyche “matters”, where the imaginal and the concrete merge and give birth to the whole panoply of creation, where our beliefs and thoughts create our reality. The closest we can examine this process at this time is the domain of subspace, the flux of virtual particles in and out of our universe. Chaos theory would contend that any perturbation, intentional or not, at this level of virtuality could create dramatic alterations in the timeline of individual and the cosmos - or multiverses, as the case may be. In terms of the resonant nature of humans and cosmos, there are 4 positions or quadrants, but so far all the models are pure subjective conjecture: 1. Monist; 2. Dualist; 3. Physicalist; 4. Metaphysicalist. : 1. All is Mind (upper right) 2. All is Matter (upper left) 3. Matter and Mind are separable and interactive (lower right) 4. Matter and Mind are 2 distinct and unified aspects of everything (lower left) Will you explain to those who may not know, what chaos magic is and how it relates on scientific levels as well as philosophical and the physical, and what it should manifest? When did you begin to really investigate its correlation to quantum physics? “What it should manifest”, what it has manifested is a new paradigm which permeates most fields of science, from medicine to astronomy. Why not apply that to the art and science of magick as well? I was exploring this relationship before anything known as [dis]organized chaos magic came on the scene, as far as I know. Many artists anticipated the importance of nonlinear creativity, including James Joyce, Burroughs with his cut up technique, Pollack who’s paintings actually display mathematical chaos, etc. The importance is that artists anticipate both science and social shift, long before it can be articulated. Chaos is iconoclastic; it breaks up the old order and makes way for the new at the creative edge. This edgework is the essence of chaos magic, IMHO - spiritual brinksmanship. I don’t know a thing about what is formally called ‘chaos magic’, except a tendency by practitioners to reject metanarratives, or to THINK they are rejecting them. I suppose it is influenced by A.O. Spare and Kenneth Grant’s dark philosophies. I prefer ‘living color.’ Chaos theory describes the constraints of self-organizing systems and they exist within us as what Jung called our complexes. Magick pits us against our limitations and desires. What we are discussing is the nature of one’s worldview. You can import an idea to base it on, but one’s experiential base will ultimately color the belief system which lies deeper than the dance of thoughts and feelings and faddish attachments. For example, the motivations for building a persona as a ‘chaos magician’ might come from childhood trauma(s). Ideas can grow roots in our psyches. You see it in fundamentalists, and the same can be said for the reprogramming of most spiritual paths. Is there a “God”, is there a “self”, what is the nature of and value of pain, and what of an afterlife? Or, the ennui of the existential cry, “Is this all there is?” The discipline of Complexity has shown us that slight changes can lead to big effects, both in terms of catastrophe and quantum leaps. So, chaos magic to me means simply that one acknowledges throughout the physical, emotional, mental and spiritual levels that chaos has a deterministic though undisclosed agenda that conditions our orbits as humans. We all dance to the tune of various cyclic and strange attractors. The magic part comes in building a conscious relation with those forces, acknowledging their supremacy and influence, and flowing with that process, rather than bucking the current egotistically, or egoistically. I began my philosophical investigation of this, in ‘chaos’ vernacular, before Asklepia presented at the inaugural meeting of the Society for Chaos Theory in Psychology and the Life Sciences - SCTPLS http://www.societyforchaostheory.org/ - roughly in the late 80’s. Of course, I was influenced much earlier by Prigogine’s classic and Bohm’s work in the early 80s. Even then, a holographic concept of reality was not unfamiliar to me, as my ex-husband was the first in print on the subject years before, as published by Dr. Stanley Krippner. Our dreamhealing techniques, later termed Consciousness Restructuring Process (CRP) were not a result of chaos theory, but provided a systematic language and analog model for the transformational processes we observed in experiential work. It allowed us to describe the phenomenology. What Jung termed archetypes became seen as attractors which could capture the libido or psychic energy of a person, enhancing or derailing their personality goals. It was especially good for describing sensory archetypes that lie deeper in the psyche than the mythological layers. The ancient language for this process was couched in alchemical terms. I summed up much of that in my Autonomedia article, “Chaos As the Universal Solvent,” which appeared in PSYCHEDELICS RE-IMAGINED, edited by Tom Lyttle. Leary and I spoke about this at length around 1993-4. He can certainly be counted among the “agents of Chaos”. Probably, one of the main points of chaos theory is the deterministic yet unpredictable naure of nonlinear dynamics. Humans are subject to that, as is the cosmos: “As above; so below.” In regards to sex magic or tantric sex, what would be the best way for a beginner to approach this practice? How would a couple know when it was a truly complete act? Approach it with love. When you can fully imagine your lover as God/Goddess, their transcendent embodiment of the essence of male/femalness, you’re there. It is “knowing” in the “Biblical” sense of direct, undeniable experience. It is ravishment, beyond rapture; complete transport to the sacred world which is beyond time, beyond decay. It conveys a sense of the eternal, the fated. But again, my ideas are likely not in harmony with the traditional teaching which suggests sex with sacred strangers, emotional distancing or detachment, and motionless sex while raising the kundalini and transmuting that libido to higher expressions. Ultimately, it’s all about love ~ in or out of bed. You must approach the world as your lover, with naked awareness. That does NOT mean to be socially naïve. A lot of experimentation in this direcion is going on under the name of polyamory. This term was coined by my sister moon, Morning Glory Zell, a pioneer of the neo-pagan movment, high priestess of the Church of All Worlds, patterned after the nests in Heinlein’s “Stranger in a Strange Land.” What I notice is that for some people, this is a model to be creatively licentious. Whereas, the Zell’s are in a mutually-supportive group marriage of five where everyone’s “real needs” are met, physically and emotionally. True polyamory means what it says, actively loving more than one “prime mate”, rather than having casual, recreational or sporting sex with whoever strikes your fancy. It implies an increased capacity for intimacy which takes the burden off a primary relationship to be one’s “be all and end all.” Many couples become too insular in traditional relationship. We are exploring new ways of connecting, of being 2gether. But, to each his/her own… If you believe in the struggle of a dichotomy in matter and spirit, how exactly do you see this type of abraxas inter-relation coexisting in a harmonious way? In what manner of opposites? You have rightly named the root of these dualities in the Zoroastrian religion which highlighted the battle of good and evil in matter. Later, this spread through syncretism into all Mediterranean philophical thought. This notion of a war of opposites undergirds gender bias and colors all emotional life as black or white thinking…this OR that, with no in-betweeness. We are crucified on the cross of the opposites, which actually just symbolizes the Four Elements of creation - the Cartesian coordinates of corporeal life. It’s hard to think of that manifestation as a “Fall” into materiality, into time-boundedness from unbound consciousness. But perhaps the ‘original sin’ is just that once we are here we must partake in the act of consumption at the expense of other beings, just by breathing, walking, eating. We are consumers. In a basic way, we all “use” one another, for strokes, for survival, for pleasure. We must choose to either consume consciously or we may be toxic consumers. In America it is difficult to realize how much of the world’s “pie” of resources we consume…way out of proportion to the rest of the planetary inhabitants. So, one solution is to consciously live “small”, ameliorating our impact on the environment. I like to buy nearly everything used - there is so much discarded everyday which is still serviceable. Who cares if it was pre-owned? Jung named the Transcendent Function as the dynamic of transcending opposites in a wholly new third thing. Modern Jungians, such as Marion Woodman and James Hillman speak extensively on ways of “holding the tension of the opposites, “discrete but conjoined.” Try holding two totally opposites points of view simultaneously without cognitive dissonance. You can train yourself to see opposites working in tandem, as reins of control, much as shown in the Tarot card, The Chariot (Merkabah). Crowley suggested annihilating thoughts with their opposite. On the Tree of Life it means opening the Middle Way by harmonizing the dynamics of Left- and Right-handed Paths…the way of the magician or the way of bhakti or devotion. Personally, I no longer see a dichotomy between spirit and matter, and such was one alchemical goal - that of the Unus Mundus - or One World where soul and spirit are conjoined. When the position of the body is brought into the equation, you get the Philosopher’s Stone, a union of body, soul and spirit. The lead of the psychosexual self is transmuted or transubstantiated into the gold of a life lived from the Self, or higher self. In modern terms,it is much like Maslow’s self-actualization. Which do you feel is more important in doing magickal work, meditation, conjuring, ritual, ingestion of various natural substances or simply understanding and applying the philosophy in a devotional relation? Well, do you want to go to church, or have mystical experiences? Meditation is absolutely most fundamental, but works best with an object of love. This is the search for The Beloved, this is the Grail Quest. Ritual is mostly social and celebratory - it gives structure to daily life. Conjuring clearly is low on the priority list; you can get more results quicker by simple work. The value of magickal work is only as strong as the goal you are pursuing - short and long term. The possibility you are fooling yourself exists, too, haha. Being devoted to the Great Work however you conceive it is essential. I don’t think taking ‘allies’ alone confers any spiritual direction or growth. Even among the so-called psychedelic intelligentsia, many are not interested in “seeing God”. Whether it enhances your path is a very personal choice on which your inner guide will comment from time to time. I just remember the first time I took acid, my thought was, “This is great; now how do you do it without drugs?” For many, the drug experiences are unintegratable, one cannot maintain the realizations of the high. So they don’t stabilize, but destabilize the personality, which is your tool or vehicle for navigating reality. I have known many notables, in magick, medicine, and transpersonal psychology who liked to journey at least once a year as a sort of “refresher”. I think my artwork shows I’ve had enough, haha. I asked Tim Leary how to “turn it off”, and he was no help! I wanted to address with you sex magick as a route to higher consciousness, to find god rather than for ones on personal monitary gains or advancement only in the physical world. The point of that would be to go until all the senses were thoroughly filled up and exhausted. When a male is trying to invoke the muse, what are the conditions he should place upon the woman or expect from her during this encounter? I could only imagine this as a unique contract between two people. Most practitioners I've known were coupled up at the time. HE may not know WHAT he expects...of himself or you. OR, he may have some rather pretentious notions. Depends on WHO he is. The real question is what do YOU expect from him. What part of him do you expect him to carry? What will he be exemplifying in your mind? Can you fuse as alchemical opposites? Can you hold the multisensory vision of him as a divine archetypal force? Will you simply fully surrender to the sensuality, to the moment and letting the mind go blissfully blank? Do you want to be psychosexually overcome and taken, perhaps beyond your boundaries? Can you surrender completely and TRUST THE PROCESS? DO YOU TRUST YOUR PARTNER. THEN ~ isn't the whole thing really about LOVE? Do you feel there is any aesthetic value that should be expected? I don't think there is ever any rule. Perhaps sometimes you feel very dramatic, others earthy,...it's nice to have an atmospheric spot, certainly conducive music and perhaps the right incense for the operation... if you are even doing the same one.. What should a woman present herself as to personally identify and invoke the goddess or muse as well? Authenticity - bringing one's whole self to encounter. If you are sensual, be sensual ~ whatevery your style is, express yourself freely. Let intuition guide you to elicit just what is evocative for him from the psyche of the man. "She" will let you know. Ever notice how you can be different with different people? How does one truly know they've been successful in this ritual? Did you feel some cosmic merger? some divine infusion? transcendence? My preference is ravishment - beyond rapture. You cannot fail unless you are dead. Success is relative; what would thrill you one week is perhaps boring the next. Examine the nature of your desire and why are you using magick to achieve it. Is that necessary or is it a confusion of the planes, like invoking the undines to save a drowning child? Examine your implicit belief that you might find god through sex. Why do you even think that, let alone act on it? Annihilate it with its opposite -- that will open the Abyss of the void by uniting the opposites. Always question your underlying assumptions. Often they are false premises to begin with. There are always ordeals. I've also wanted to ask, with all the chemical processes that are induced during ceremonies whether it be neurological from sexual relations or introduced by ingested substance, how does a person know what they're experiencing is truly contact with celestial beings or higher planes or just hallucinated and their own wishes projected? Garbage in, garbage out? Here's the secret: it's all you! It isn't "real" or "unreal", but imaginal ~a psychological truth...but it can rototill up some complexes too in the process -- astral larva. "Magical thinking" is all projective. That doesn't mean it isn't meaningful. I have a friend who said she talked to a Rabbi in Israel during her time there for an archeological dig about 'practicing' the Kabbala. The actual process and ritual ascending up the tree to the 'godhead'. He told her most Rabbis do not attempt this practice until they are over 90 or near death as the actual exposure to any concept of the real godhead is so incomprehensible it can cause madness. Have you heard of this? Oh yes, there is a lot of dramatic rabbinic commentary on it. It's like in the movie PI when the nasty rabbi tells the antihero he isn't pure enough to get the revelation. And he retorts, "YEAH! But God gave it to ME." ,,,then he drilled a hole in his skull. Or, maybe it just takes us kabbalah newbies longer. Not many are in danger of touching godhead. Jung also recommended not doing analysis until after 40. Its about maturity and personality integration and being established in the family years, etc. After 40 men get more sensitive like women, and women get more ambitious and outgoing. Symptoms of anima/us integration. After childrearing there may be more time for self-reflection. But some people are forced onto the path early - I was among them. When you mentioned you had no choice in the matter growing up regarding where life would lead you spiritually, what did you mean? Was this a general statement? I meant it in the sense of a non-refusable vocational call…I guess you could say a shamanic call in Joseph Campbell’s terms.

Esoterics interview

ionamiller — Sat, 10 Oct 2009 00:43:55 GMT

What are some of the most important Jungian systems in your opinion? io-While Jung laid down a good foundation his immediate followers created an institution which James Hillman blew wide open with his revisioning of Archetypal Psychology. Imaginal Psychology is even a bit more radical where “Imagination is Reality”, the primary way we experience all external and internal phenomena. Both of these contemporary forms of depth psychology are grounded in a polytheistic viewpoint that reverberates throughout its literature. It is a non-heroic Way of Being. It means living mythically, not living one hero’s monomyth. Practically, like metaphysics, it can mean several things to our self-awareness and help us understand the greater stories played out in our lives. · Understanding the value and meaning of suffering and depression. This is the alchemical Nigredo or blackness, being stuck in your own shit, so you figure out the chakra. In kabbalah it is Malkuth: “merde to merde”. · Learning to objectively admit and dialogue with our shadow. Could also be linked to Malkuth ~ our personal portion of darkness to which we are often blind, but also our unlived potential we let others carry for us because we are lazy. · Understanding the nature of projections in relationships and belief systems. In kabbalah, Yesod the sphere of the Moon; in alchemy the albedo or whitening through solutio - liquification, becoming emotional enough to process your “stuckness”. · Having some kind of validation for meaningfulness in dreamlife. More moon connection with the feminine side of life and the unconscious. · Honoring the imaginal (Anima Mundi) as the primary, phenomenological form of Reality. Recognizing the Goddess and being THAT, on the Tree of Life via the middle path Art. · Learning to hold the tension of the opposites and embrace many viewpoints as simultaneously valid, like being the axel of a wheel, as Tiphareth (Self) is on the Tree, mediating the forces of the Left and Right Pillars. In alchemy the Royal Marriage or Coniunctio. What is the connection these theorems have with chaos magick and the kabbalah? Io-Jung systematically described the phenomenology of different layers of the psyche and so does kabbalah and its “bastard offshoot” magick, which draws its root metaphor from the Tree of Life. All explore the interface of the inner and outer worlds, their common ground. The nexus point is the interface of psyche and matter; where “psyche matters”; where change can and does happen. The creative edge of chaos is the cutting edge of our personal evolution. At every choice point, virtually every breath, we choose a forking path leading us into further adventures on the quest to we know not where. Artists often reach toward the unknown when expressing themselves in new media and spontaneous performance. Both therapy and kabbalah use visualizations or pathworking with symbolism to keep us in touch with certain well-trodden roads, certain typically illuminating experiences. These are the well-known milestones of the inner terrain which have been described by Jean Houston, Stan Grof, Ken Wilber, John Curtis Gowan, and others. Gareth Knight did a good job of it in Qabalah. The imagery is typical and somewhat predictable, if you know the iconography of the different stations and depths of the psyche. I have no knowledge of what is formally or anarchistically (haha) now called “chaos magic” and its principles. I only know how I perceive the juxtaposition of chaos theory, process dynamics, and magick. Chaos magic, IMHO, follows the unique trajectory, guided by an unseen Strange Attractor - your inevitable future - with its unpredictable yet inexorable gravity. Your nonlinear “Angel” reaches into the past to pull you into your future. I suppose chaos magic would have no investment philosophically in any kind of linear growth or development of personality; rather it follows nature’s nonlinear way. Any perturbation can radically alter one’s course…between turbulence and flow. Healing doesn’t occur through “work on one’s self” or causation but through contagion, ravishment, and radical change in worldview and fundamental self-image. So just like one toxic experience can create dysfunction, one strong healing experience can eliminate it. And it can happen using metaphor, epistemogical metaphors that emerge from within, i.e. “how you know what you know” and what it is “like”. One has to let go and trust that process to let old patterns dissolve so new ones emerge creatively from the deepest level. The difference in treatment philosophy is that it is brief therapy, not endless analysis. The imagery that emerges in this process is spontaneously healing ~ it is not different from the healing, and it is idiosyncratic, very particularized and in no way “programmable”. It cannot be “imported” into a person as in guided visualization. It emerges spontaneously from within and can be deepend further into a waking dream. This type of experiential therapy is often likened by participants to psychedelic journeys. I have written extensively on this aspect, for example in “Chaos as the Universal Solvent”. However, kabbalah is a lived philosophy, a deeply engrained worldview you train yourself into. That is the Great Work. However, credible instructions are unavailable and you must make a pastiche from what you can glean or put yourself at the mercy of fellow lodgemembers. Initiation means nothing more than simply a beginning ~ of a new way of being, a new lifestyle, a consolidation of a new metabeliefs and the nature of yourself, others and the world. It’s a point of view that is simultaneously aware of many dimensions at once. In this sense it is like depth psychology; there is always lots of subtle subtext ~ and the synchronicities, etc. How do you incorporate your beliefs systems into your therapeutic practice? Short answer is I don't, or hope I don't. My practice is evocative not introjective; that's my philosophy of treatment. Hypnotherapy is perhaps the mostly explicitly shamanistic of the healing arts. After all, our first and virtually only requirement as practitioners is to induce an altered state in the client, to co-consciously journey with him or her to “foreign lands” as guide, companion and mentor. However, the client sets the agenda in brief therapy, so treatment of choice is determined by their own soul goals. Though you can’t get out of it, your own Schrodinger’s box, my beliefs have nothing to do with the session. My philosophy of treatment is to enter the belief system of the other and work within that. Sometimes those beliefs change when the psyche is rototilled but that is an organically emergent not induced process. Do no harm means don’t strip away the irreplaceable blithely until something better is nigh. It undermines adaptation. As the Videru Telemahandi says, “The ecology of the soul is to recycle one’s consciousness.” That said, I have had many Dr. Tavener-type adventures in psychotherapy, where my exposure to occulture has made a crucial difference. Even the straightest people would walk in my office door and say the same thing, “I don’t know why I’m telling you this; I’ve never told anyone, but the weirdest thing happened…” Whatever it was didn’t fit in their worldview, and they want some authoritative context from someone they feel safe with. The objective “truth” of the account is not as important to me, as the truth of the soul it narrates. People always have different points of view, and the same is true of synchronistic or psychophysical experiences. Often there are banal explanations, such as night terrors, temporal lobe seizures, geomagnetic anomalies, etc. You can’t leap to conclusions about the supernatural. A few incidents keep their Mystery, which remains to be explored. If it is their desire, we go “into the mystic”. Could you explain what Virtual Reality is, a summarization? I would say there are varieties of virtualities: Physical, Emotional, Mental and Spiritual, depending on form, content, degree of immersion, and transformative capacity. PHYSICAL: Technological VR is a computer interface that allows a multisensory experience of an ersatz space, a simulation of a reality, some programmed, some interactive. Jaron Lanier popularized the notion in Mondo 2000 and designed body gloves and body suits for VR. Soon you will be able to essentially step into the world of your X-Box. EMOTIONAL: A psychological kind of VR is the trances people live. They have certain preprogrammed parameters, and “rules” for their scripts, games and rackets. MENTAL: Internet is a virtuality all it’s own. Many days my “chip” body has a far more exciting time than “I” do, sitting in my office talking with the world. A friend just returned from a photography convention and had a 3-D scan taken. They display it in a crystal cube. Even more exciting is a project I am involved with called REAL FANTASY. It involves using fine art principles to create high end entertainment simulations - full immersion. Siliconwood is developing a new entertainment experience of real fantasy - like Karoake for movies - where players participate in a digital adventure in a virtual theme park. Not Reality TV - Reality Movie - you get to be in the movie. Members of the audience get to be a character in a hip computer generated 3D movie at our facility and eventually in every home theatre and digital home entertainment center with broadband Internet. We combine 3D computer animation, scripted story telling with plot, subplots and character development run by a director with real-time professional voice actors for true interaction. Our first release is an exciting political intrigue in a rich fantasy setting: think "Alias" meets "The Lord Of The Rings". SPIRITUAL: However, I am mainly interested in the general artistic application of REAL FANTASY as a prelude to my lifelong project, VIRTUAL QABALAH - which I envision as a full immersion initiatic pathworking experience. I have a posse of production talent forming already - musicans, qabalists, animators, 3-D and gaming simulations people, even a public TV producer who is a qabalist and accomplished musician. Remember how tarot books all say the Trumps were originally on the walls of ancient initiation chambers? Same idea 21st Century style, using the correspondence system to create atmospheres and neuro and videofeedback to change biological parameters. Over the course of your decades of experience, you've done many lectures attending conferences and festivals all over the world related to science, metaphysics, psychology and spirituality.Can you mention what these were? Many, if not most, of my meetings with remarkable people were informal and/or virtual. There was Krontona in Ojai in the 60s, to Gnosticon in the 70s, Panarion, Dera in India. In the old days, we sent our scouts around to various events and reported back eagerly to one another. Its a pastiche of the Sunset Strip, Fillmore, Bowie concerts, Chateau Liberte, magickal initiations, transpersonal, hypnotherapeutic, and family work. Psychic healer Jack Scwartz who lived here in Southern Oregon, uber-counselor Virginia Satir, Jungian Elisabeth Kubler Ross, Psychology Today editor Sam Keen, those with less publicized names. Many notables in the psychedelic intelligentsia - Clark Heinrich, DMT doctor Rick Strassman, James Arthur, the “real” Bob Dobbs, and others in the NYC Non Linear Circle Salon (nlc), the Poetry Science folks, one of which was an senior Omni editor, and those who best remain unnamed. What were some of your more memorable meetings and what is the topic of conversation? Ones that stand out include a private gathering in 1993 at Isis Oasis in Geyserville, California; Consciousness Technologies II in Sisters, Oregon, and Nexus 2004 in Brisbane, Australia. Each was uplifting and illuminating in a different way. Isis Oasis was a private Fall Equinox gathering of our friends in the Church of All Worlds (CAW)with our associates from Florida blotter art dealer and editor Tom Lyttle’s PSYCHEDELIC MONOGRAPHS AND ESSAYS. The focus was neo-pagan, chaos magic. CTII was centered around consciousness exploration from psychedelics to alchemy, from hypnosis to body work, from holotropic breathwork to sacred geometry and trancedance. I spoke on neurotheology, sacred geometry and experiential psychotherapy, I think. Anyway, I know we did some groupwork. Many of our old and new friends were there. Nexus is the infamous international conspiracy/ufo/future science zine. The speakers here are world authorities on their subjects. I’d written for them for a couple of years, mostly in future science. I am also on the editorial board of the parapsychology/biophysics Journal of Nonlocality and Remote Mental Interactions - remote viewing and distance healing. The superstar of the event was the Russian UFO “czar”, Valery Uvarov and HAARP activist Nick Begich. Isis Oasis included some interesting guests, and others who didn’t make it just as interesting. These included Terrence McKenna and Jacque Vallee, who were friends of Diane Darling, editor of the original neo-pagan zine Green Egg at that time. We wanted to get together for our annual visit with editor Tom Lyttle of PM&E and decided on Isis Oasis. Tom invited his friends from the experimental triad group marriage Phoenix from Beverly Hills. Lyn Ehrnstein was the lawyer for Synanon, the pioneer heroine recovery program. Neo-pagan movement pioneers and The Church of All Worlds founders Tim [Otter-OZ-Oberon] and Morning Glory Zell also came for their 20th anniversary celebration. CAW was patterned after Heinlein’s ‘Stranger in a Strange Land’. Other CAW members included Anodea Judith, who wrote ‘Wheels of Life’ for Llewellyn on the chakras, her husband Richard, Sandra and Morgan Ware, CAW members there for the Eleusian Mysteries Ceremony. CAW member, Adam Walks Between Worlds, who wrote terrific articles on Jack Parsons and Robert Heinlein for Green Egg, meant to bring McKenna and Valle, but plans changed. This was the second time we failed to connect with McKenna, another being when we were at the MONDO 2000 house in Berkeley. We had his former girlfriend, the one from his book on Southeast Asia, with us. When we left, RU Sirius was literally rolling on the floor, holding his head, exclaiming “I can’t believe it!”. Anyway, Adam instead brought underground demigod Genesis P-Orridge with him from Occidental. This was early in Gen’s banishment from Britain, before his accident in the fire at Houdini’s mansion in Hollywood. We didn’t really know who Gen was then, but Tom informed us of his cult Temple of Psychic Youth, and his current band Psychic TV not to mention his influential role in the Industrial, Rave, and Acid House Movements. What was clear was that he was a walking piece of art and possible candidate for the real vampire Lestat. Genesis was wonderfully warm and friendly and we discussed his kids, his exile, Leary, what dreamhealing and chaos magic was and wasn’t while it was congealing as a philosophy, and also what it might be. I just saw him again in Hollywood, November‘04 with PTV3. I was there with South Park animator Bob Judd and former PTV member Don Bolles, formerly of The Germs and 45 Grave. I’ve come to respect Gen’s commitment to his art tremendously. Magick happened. Synergy happened. Talk about ‘set” and “setting”. We ate, we communed, sang, there were hot tubs and absinthe, and a fine time was had by all. Loreon Vigne, formerly a San Francisco artist, is the owner of Isis Oasis, and a High Priestess of Isis. The grounds are a beautiful magical retreat center in the wine country with an Egyptian Temple, a large theatre and hall, separate redwood paneled heritage houses with Egyptian decor, exotic rescue animals, big cats, peacocks and game birds, etc. The following week Deepak Chopra came. At CTII I saw perhaps the most amusing demonstration of stand-up shamanism possible. Arguably the world’s leading expert in the legal-high Pfalaris grass was there with a truck load of the stuff. After teaching everyone how to grow Wild Turkey in a tub on the roof being sure to mow it regularly, he proceeded to brew up a batch of DMT for 80. But there was no chemical nor alchemical gear. This guy is a downhome farmer from Montana. He had a huge metal barrel and industrial burner, a bag of lemons and a pitchfork. It was surreal like a scene somewhere between Casteneda and Cheech and Chong when he started making lemonade, boiling it and chucking in what looked like lawn clippings He was the perfect embodiment of the Trickster, as his jokes flew as fast as his pitchfork. Everyone was histerical with laughter, mesmerized, skeptical if hopeful. I didn’t ingest any of the resulting potion, being the “natural high” person. It got mixed reviews, but the show was great. Reports varied depending on what other independent bioassays each individual was conducting at the time. My Quaker friends, the Joys are very clear and reported a pleasant persistent effect. If it was placebo effect, that’s good too! You’re as high as you think you are. This same shaman, who is a graduate transpersonal psychologist, has gone on to engage in serious Mars Mission research. He is one of the world’s leading experts on ancient and extraterrestrial geology. Last year he went to the Mars Mission camp, where you live like you are there for weeks. That was some fun e-mail with photos to match. Talk about virtualities! So, you see, all of these events, all of these meeting with people who are each Strange Attractors, leads to bifurcations in our respective pathways. We cross-pollinate and boomerang back into one another over the decades, crossing the boundaries of philosophy, metaphysics, art, ritual, music. Many of these people have a distinctive mythic quality to their lives. They are in touch with and can express both subconscious and transpersonal energies. They are what I call Uniques. Some may be Homo Lumen, while I suspect others are Homo Mutans. Now, at the Nexus conference, it was hard to tell the human from the hybrids, the spooks from the hackers, the lightworkers from the technoshamans. The Russian government has decided UFOs are real and they are going to tell the world and appointed Valery Uvarov to do it. He’s a superstar in St. Petersburg. He claims there is another earth-sized planet on the other side of the Sun so we can never see it. He says inhabitants of this planet created an Installation in Tunguska that prevented a catastrophic collision with a meteorite by exploding it with giant plasma balls. Jim Marrs is a leading conspiracy investigative journalist. His book was the basis for Oliver Stone’s JFK movie. He spoke on 911 and alien presence. HAARP is a giant antenna array in Alaska which can heat and distort the ionosphere. The government uses it to communicate with atomic submarines through ELF frequencies, but it can change weather, scorch the earth, alter consciousness, and a variety of other heinous psychophysical effects. The main vocal opponent Nick Begich was there telling how other installations have gone up across the globe. Playing with this global electromagnetism could collapse the atmosphere. Lloyd Pye talked about his Star-child Skull and alien genetic engineering. We all shared nearly every meal together for days, so you can imagine what the behind the scenes chat was like if that was the public talk. We got together with other participants after the event. But loose lips sink ships, eh? We are slated again for this spring in Amsterdam with Linda Moulton Howe from the Art Bell Show. Her original specialty was cattle mutilations. I can’t wait to see her grill the Russian ufologist. What's New with My Subject? Will you talk about your work on and contributions to Chaosophy and Nexus? Chaosophy is my annual journal, and contains mostly my writings for each year which are germaine to its topic of consciousness and chaos. That is pretty broad scope from culture to biophysics. Nexus (nexusmagazine.com) is an edgy alt.health and alt.reality international print magazine. You can probably grasp it best if I say it is well-suited to the Art Bell crowd. A friend of mine was gaga about that kind of thing for years, and kept trying to get me to read it. I found out they are sticklers about their editing, references and sources, which was a great surprise. Finally, when Rick wanted to get back in the speaking arena in “weird science” I suggested them as publishers and wrote several articles toward that end promoting us both. Some were scientific on Schumann Resonance and the brain and psi powers, others political on the HAARP installation in Alaska, another told of our research on the DNA hologram with Russian scientists, still others on the varieties of parallel worlds, economic and political articles. There are more in the pipeline, with more to come. This issue is one with my electrical engineer friend Ben Lonetree on the Sedona vortex effect. Rick and I went to the Nexus conference in Brisbane last year and are going to Amsterdam in a couple of months. The cream of the crop in conspiracy theory and ufology are there, such as Jim Marrs and Linda Moulton Howe. The superstar of the events is the Russian UFO czar, Valery Uvarov. You founded many centers, lodges and organizations in your life, will talk about them and what prompted you to develop these? They were simply collabos that came up in the natural course of events following my interest. People are always asking me to do things with them. I’m not really organization oriented, but I am a systems person by typology. I like to set things up, but my mind moves on to other projects, multitasking. However, I always complete my projects, too. I like to collaborate with people who are equally self-motivated and expeditious. To me, these are just extrapolated artistic media - I see the practice of therapy in the same way, as an artform. Aside from your infamous, now x husband Richard Alan Miller, who was most influential in your life's work? I would have to say my best girlfriend Susanna, who turned me on to Jung at a crossroads. She was very nurturing and validating when I didn’t have many sources of that. She “fed” me, encouraged me, and most of all believed in me. She was also one of the few people who could “bust” me, psychologically. We basically did our training analyses on one another. She is my personal hero(ine) and touchstone ~ my own Athena whom I adore. Hers is probably the opinion I value most highly. After that, Dr. Krippner the famous parapsychologist and lately Dr. Marshall Gilula, who I consider the world’s foremost distance healer, but he is also a practicing neuropsychiatrist. Spiritually, Leary, Krishnamurti and Charan Singh. Many others showed me graphically what NOT to do, including Crowley in the end. Fortunately, I got to ask Tim “how do you turn it off?” He was no help! So here I am, a geyser of hyperdelic creativity. In my work, there are too many to name. I loved them all and their thought is woven into my own until it has become my fabric. Lately, in art Digital Media Artist and photographer Gartel, animator Bob Judd, and painter Robert Pope are my mentors. You've been friends with some of the most brilliant scientists and power occultists not to mention renowned shaman. Do you have any particular memories with them that displaying their work that were particularly mind blowing experiences and changed your life? Haha, when you say that I get a picture of permaculturist Fukuoka whirling around a chalkboard talking rapidly in Japanese, at an interview we did at Evergreen College. It was his essential being that was captivating - what Casteneda might call personal power. Likewise, most of my brilliant acquaintances. Everyone is quite normal except occasionally, when they “blip” off the screen of normal reality for a nanosecond. But it is not those instants that fascinate, but their essence. One of the most brilliant was master painter Morris Graves who simply infused me, asking me to help him in his metaphysical work. My mind was blown early, so it was like a vast open sky and unusual experiences blew past like tornados in Kansas. I grew up next to Disneyland. Normal is a relative term. What do you say to this question when synchronicities are commonplace, and the extraordinary is the norm? It would be unusual if the remarkable stopped happening. In my own pursuit of the Great Work I was least concerned with Siddhas and more with a quality of being and congruence - integrity, individuation, emodying the Self. Brilliance is in the end intellectual, even if inspiring. Power is a test, like in the Ring trilogy - a trap best left for others. I am most impressed by healing of the psychophysical self. Mostly it comes from inside each individual, a triuph of human resilience and creativity. What do you feel are some of the most powerful aphrodisiacs not just with scents but color, food, music, environment in general? Hypnosis can, of course, be used in seduction. How often we claim to be bewitched or enchanted or under someone’s spell. It all boils down to rapport, being the face of empathy. I wrote about enhancing sex with trance in “Hyp-Know-Sex” on Virtual Tantra. Remember the corny line, “you fill up my senses”? That pretty much says it. There are 64 tantric arts that play into intensification of the experience, building anticipation. But maybe your lover doesn’t care about the flower arrangement on the buffet or feng shui, or whatever. Remember, Crowley said, “Be strong, then can you bear more joy.” Love is the best aphrodisiac, of course. The Lover wants to be with The Beloved. The arousal of desire begins in the mind. Incorporating a mythic or spiritual dimension adds depth, even if that nuance is a strictly personal or interior experience. Prescriptions are reliable, but I say use whatever works for you. The mind is the biggest sexual organ. Great sex is like taking psychedelics - it is a psychedelic, releasing DMT, endorphins and oxytocin. The longer you stick with it, the more chemistry you pump out. I wrote on sexual transcendence extensively in “Emotional Alchemy in Tantra”. In any psychedelic experience, set and setting is important, though that will mean vastly different turn ons to different people. Personally, I like heavy oriental fragrances, except in summer. My perfumer, Gail Adrian, composes perfumes from your chart. My favorite fabric palettes are rich, shimmery jewel tones that really pop. My own room is ersatz “Arabian Nights”. My artwork provides a window on my own personal fantasy aesthetic. And the poetry, haha: God entreats Goddess, becoming evermore emphatic; Both now One, growing steadily more empathic. Power and Light unleashed more awesome than frightening, A spiralling energy we now know as Ball Lightning. How do you see the progression over time with decline of the goddess religions, especially those of Babylon as with Cybelle and Attis, which have become obsolete and vilified? What happened exactly for women to have been the devine then reduced from positions of power to mere vessels of the 'gods' as with the Virgin Mary in Catholicism? It is this exile of the free feminine WITHIN humankind that has caused this degradation and demise ... of nature and humanity. The problem is covered clearly in the healing fiction THE DAVINCI CODE. Scholars argue over its lack of authenticity and historicity, but the psychological truth is revealed there and that is why so many have resonated with the story. It’s hard to say how “divinely” women were treated in practical terms, even in the era of the Goddess. Every marriage goes through a phase of power-struggle that either makes or breaks it. Society has been stuck in this struggle for some time, much of it the result of political and socio-economic pressures. Of course, it served the agenda of the early church. There is one glaring problem in modern Catholicism, since the assumption of the Virgin, which is that if Mary is elevated to Goddess status, Jesus cannot be the Son of Man - rather of a God and Goddess. In ancient times, a ‘Virgin’ meant a woman who was complete in herself - psychologically, rather than biologically intact. She has a lived relationship with her Spirit; she carries it for herself, rather than projecting that strength outward for some man to carry for her. So ultimately, the battle of patriarchy is one of Spirit and Soul, which is what the alchemist sought to reunite with the body. If you leave body out of the equation, it is just a “head trip”, and nothing will change fundamentally. Patriarchy is linked to biological imperatives of child-rearing, and brings up the conundrums of sexual paradox. Men want to know who their rightful offspring are in order to support them, and women want the most potent genetic material they can access, married or not. Much of this goes on unconsciously, of course, but studies have been done on how women dress more provocatively during ovulation, and on how women engage in affairs on their bread-winner husbands to acquire “better” sperm from more virile or high-status males. Even the sperm competes with chemical warfare in the womb. There are whole ranks of sperm with no job other than to “nuke” any interloper. With all that said, is it any wonder this biology jumps its domain to the social level? Now we have DNA tests to prove paternity, but the primal drives still move us, despite the real needs of our personalities. Freud’s id still operates below the awareness of our persona’s or social masks in most cases. However, again - in the interest of moving forward, rather than looking back, there are some new models of gender reunion. For the last couple of decades we have been consciously getting in touch with our inner opposites - anima for men and animus for women. Men have learned new sensitivities and young mothers and enlightened fathers send gender-positive messages to their children. Women find their strengths earlier, and are raised to be more independent. On the other hand, societal pressure to couple up is still strong. Again, artists lead the way in breaking through barriers of gender-bias. By living beyond the pale of normal social roles, they open the old forms to new possibilities. Genesis P-Orridge is among my favorite artists who exemplify this chaotic restructuring of our expectations about gender. I admire him, in particular, because he is so deliberate, so insightfully articulate about his artistic direction and aware of his cultural engineering influence. It is real commitment to put one’s body on the line in the name of art as a living embodiment of gender reunion. As s/he implies, this archetype of the divine androgyne has been evoked by the fantasies of our age. “Nothing short of a total gender”. Symbolically, I would have to say this expresses a cultural yearning for a deep sense of “completion”, full-fillment, at the species level. It is part of our nostalgia for union with self, nature, others, Spirit in whatever way we conceive it. It is not a desire to revert to matriarchy, if it ever existed in any global sense, but to discover ‘the next-new-way-on”. What is your interpretation of the 'Whore' of Babylon prophesized by Crowley? What attributes does she contain? How do you feel a woman's role within the magickal realm (oto or otherwise) especially the westernized world has changed in the last century? What specific events have taken place to change these? Why do you feel mythology still must play an important role in society today? It’s not that I feel it must; it just does. Like the myth of the Rapture, which implies it’s OK to “use up” the planet because the human race has a shelf life anyway. We certainly have our modern Venuses and Prometheus IT and science people, the list goes on. Gods and goddesses are a way of discussing those dynamics which implies an eternal dimension; they become a way of “seeing through” the veneer of everyday consensus reality to deeper driving forces in a conscious way…to notice nature at work. They are rather like colors in the spectrum, each discreet in its symbolic domain. What do you feel current day mythologies are that are significant to our ideals whether superficial or not? What IS the ideal? Myself, I am a fan of Isis ~ spell it IS-IS. What is is and one learns to function, adapt, and deal within that dynamic environment. We don’t live in an ideal world. Myths? Some widely in play include: Sisyphus, individually. American Dream of consumerism, sociologically. The Emperor’s New Clothes, politically. Your favorite fairy tale as a child can reveal a lot. Mine was The Wizard of Oz. So I married him, haha. I also loved Arabian Nights and Alice in Wonderland. Some people I know, feel that the 'mentally ill' especially schizophrenics, are not hallucinating but really seeing into other dimensions be it spiritual or time/space envelopes. Their voices have told them things about people, myself included that no one could possibly know..from my past or secrets I've kept. Even in foreseeing the future. Do you agree there is that possibility? That science or psychology is looking at mental illness as a sickness rather than someone who is 'in tune'? I would NOT say they are in tune, rather their door is wide open. They appear psychic, but there is no control over the delusions. I don’t think the mentally ill are proficient at foretelling the future, or even deducing the present. They ARE wide open to the collective unconscious and may pick up on cues not obvious to others intuitively. Often ‘gifts’ whether of the impaired or extraordinary are both a blessing and a curse. You also don’t see east Indians seeing Jesus in the tunnel in their near-death experiences. The content is a distorted confabulation of the input of their lifetime. If they could “read” you, it is because they are so close to the primal psyche - it’s bleed over, resonance on an open string. Jung wrote his first work on the occult about his schizophrenic cousin. I had one myself, so I know how he might have felt.

New Site -Take a slide down the labyrinthine rabbithole of CIA wizard, Michael J. Riconosciuto

ionamiller — Tue, 06 Oct 2009 23:59:02 GMT

http://mjrplanet.iwarp.com/index.html 2009 - PROMISes, PROMISes: Please BeLIEve Me Take a slide down the labyrinthine rabbithole of CIA wizard, Michael J. Riconosciuto DIRTY TRICKS: Why are some people drawn to the Shadow, to archetypal evil? Some are seduced, some are sociopathic, and some are just born into it. Others, finding themselves opposed to it, overcome their natural denial, groupthink and fear to work as watchdogs against it to help others wake up to the unpleasant realities of Transmodern life. Some live their whole lives in the Shadowlands where white is black and black is white, and no one can tell one from the other. Michael James Riconsciuto is one such man. To enter his world is to enter a wrestling match with the devil of evil that men do, but that for which they must still be held accountable. Likewise, we are all accountable for the collective evil that is done in the name of our nation. Do the ends justify the means? Are good and evil relative? Our destiny lies in our answer. Black Ops is a realm where it's nearly impossible to tell the difference. Some consider their mission spiritual warfare, a transcendent battle. Are they deluded or working from a broader paradigm of restricted knowledge? Is evil a vehicle, a means to an end, or an end in itself? What we do know is it bites the hand that feeds it. 09/29/2009 COVER UP MURDERS MASKED ILLEGAL ACTIVITY ON RESERVATION. Software piracy, weapons testing, biowarfare experiments, conspiracy, cover-up, stonewalling, covert action: The Riverside County Sheriff’s Department has identified a suspect in the 1981 unsolved murders of three Coachella Valley residents. 52-year-old James “Jimmy “ Hughes was arrested at the Miami International Airport Saturday on a fugitive warrant related to three California murders. A self-described ex-mafia hit man, evangelist and president of Jimmy Hughes Ministries, Hughes has traveled throughout Honduras and the U.S. “taking the Gospel of Jesus Christ,” according to his Web site. He is fighting extradition from Miami. Hughes is suspected of being involved in “the Octopus murders” – the 1981 killings of 32-year-old former Cabazon tribal leader Fred Alvarez, 44-year-old Patty Castro, and 42-year-old Ralph Boger. The California attorney general is prosecuting the case because Hughes is a distant relative of Riverside County D.A. Rod Pacheco. The bodies were found on the patio of a house Alvarez rented in Rancho Mirage. Members of the Cabazon Band of Mission Indians have long disputed any possibility of a link between the murders and the tribe. Many Have Died But the Story Has Not... The Undercover Cover-Up that Still Haunts Many Survivors and Our Nation Convicted felon, Michael James Riconosciuto is a nexus of Spyence, Conspiracy & Cover Up but not implicated in any murders: "All scandals overlap" -- Secret Government, "October Surprise," Iran-Contra, CIA, Drug & Arms Smuggling, Biowarfare, PROMIS, Inslaw, Wackenhut, Conmen, Danny Casolaro Murder, Experimental Weapons Testing, Cabazon Indian Reservation, Cabazon Arms, Lockerbie, BCCI Money Laundering, Transnational Crime, Robert Hanssen/OBL, 9/11, Disinformation, Octopus Murders http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eIjxqks9ugo BeLIEve Me: Accused as a disinfo agent, MJR may lie, but he has part of the truth...whether he was bagman for Iran/Contra, or the SARS biochemist, or the CIA computer Einstein, some person of interest surely was...and his framing and analysis indicate insider knowledge. Call it the mother of all overlapping conspiracy theories... ...a marriage of the Mob, Intel & Government: Let's see, there's Ronald Reagan, George Bush and Bill Casey, plotting dirty tricks together. There's the Ayatollah Khomeini, Ed Meese, Moammar Gadhafi, Ollie North and Saddam Hussein, helping out. There's Manuel Noriega, Clark Clifford and the notorious Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI) making it easy to do bad, backed by a vast network of drug barons, arms merchants, spies, hit men, Indian tribes and international con artists whose evil web reaches every corner of the Earth. This is the story -- THE OCTOPUS -- that got journalist Danny Casolaro and 3 Indio/Rancho Mirage residents murdered. ARMS MERCHANT & EVIL GENIUS: And there's one Michael James Riconosciuto -- acknowledged as a technical and electronics genius -- a native of Tacoma and a convicted illegal drug maker, who claimed that his life was in danger because he knows too much. His father Marshall, was a business partner of Richard Nixon. MJR is in the same prison-system now monopolized by Wackenhut and affiliates. Wackenhut changed its name to avoid its negative history. He claims to have invented a 'pineapple bomb,' a barometric bomb with Ted Gunderson, a suspected COINTEL PRO agent. Following the Oklahoma City bombing, Gunderson promoted Michael Riconosciuto’s claims that the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building was destroyed not by a truck bomb, but by a pineapple-sized “barometric bomb”. Gunderson refers to local (not national) news reports of bombs planted inside the building which were found because they did not detonate. GUNDERSON DEFENDED RICONOSCIUTO WHEN HE WAS ARRESTED AND INDICATED HE AND RICONOSCIUTO HAD WORKED TO PREVENT TERRORISM AT THE LA OLYMPICS. 7/26/98 www.esotericworldnews.com/octopus.htm "....Former FBI. Special Agent, Ted Gunderson, speaks for Riconosciuto's credibility. Gunderson, who lives in Manhattan Beach, has worked with Riconosciuto for many years in his capacity as private investigator. "Together, according to Gunderson, they were responsible for thwarting a terrorist operation during the Los Angeles Olympics. According to Gunderson, Riconosciuto was well known in certain circles as a genius in almost all sciences. "The so-called drug operation broken up in Washington State was an electro hydrodynamic mining operation claimed Gunderson, using Townsend Brown technology. A videotape viewed by this journalist revealed metallic powders and apparent processes unrelated to drug manufacture. Indeed, a government analysis of soil samples revealed the absence of drug contamination, but a high concentration of barium. Barium is often found in high voltage related work..."" http://www.newsmakingnews.com/vm,phillip,arthur,thompson,michael,riconosciuto,puppet,master,2,17,08.htm "Incredibly, Riconosciuto developed the "electrostatic bomb" at Dyno-nobel, which is the real bomb that destroyed the Alfred P. Murrah building in Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995. McVeigh's bomb anfo truck bomb was actually only used to destroy the signature of the much more powerful electrostic bomb that Riconosciuto named "blue lightning". Interestingly enough, Dyno-Nobel, which is based in Salt Lake City (and was " taken over" by the Mormons) sold all of the ammoniun nitrate that Ramzi Yousef used in the 1993 WTC bombing...Dyno-Nobel was formerly known as Hercules Powder, which was an exposives manufacturer founded by Michael's father, Marshal Riconosciuto." BLUETOOTH ANTECEDENT in the 80s?: "The most startling revelation in Riconosciuto's discussion is that the PROMIS software wasn't "bugged" by any ordinary means (say, by providing a secret telephone line access). Instead, it utilized a radical new technology Riconosciuto developed that actually enabled the "bugged" computer to broadcast without wires or phone connections - signals which could be picked up at a remote site, say from an Elint satellite. The software modification forces the computer to produce non-sinusoidal waveforms called Walsh functions, waveforms different from radio waves or other kinds of transmission media. "All the files were read out, all the files were broadcast constantly," Riconosciuto said. He added that the technique has vast commercial applications, and will "allow wireless computer networking, with very small amounts of power, over very large distances." CIA ASSET: Shortly after his surprise 1991 visit to So. Oregon after Danny Casolaro's suspicious death, I became aware that Michael Riconosciuto, known to me as a long-time CIA asset, was arrested in Washington State by DEA for the manufacturing of illegal chemical drugs. I had also become aware of the fact that Riconosciuto made a sworn statement, prior to his arrest, about his participation in a covert U.S. intelligence initiative to sell INSLAW's PROMIS to foreign governments. Historically, the high-tech genius had been well-protected by an alphabet soup of intel agencies: NSA, CIA, FBI, DEA and ATF. But in 1991, the enterprise turned on him. DISINFO EXPERT & WHISTLEBLOWER: Not your average LSD and Meth cook, his claims include carrying the money to delay hostage release in Iran-Contra, selling stolen Stinger missiles to OBL during Afghan war with the USSR, engineering race-specific biowarfare agents, money-laundering, programming PROMIS espionage back channel software, experimental weapons, explosives, and much, much more... In Feb. 2001, he warned Colin Powell of a terrorist threat of great magnitude. http://www.michaelriconosciuto.com/nine11/ http://educate-yourself.org/tg/TCUre...bA5feb01.shtml INTERNET DESIGNER: In 1965, MJR had a company, Tymeshare, and a 'Tymesharing' program that was the early form of communicating between computers over voice capable lines. His company, along with Dartmouth College, got two computers communicating from coast to coast. So, in this sense we have the Internet because of his pioneering efforts and inspiration. CHILD PRODIGY: When he was just 10 years old, Michael wired his parents’ neighborhood with a working private telephone system that undercut Ma Bell; in the eighth grade, he won a science fair with a model for a three-dimensional sonar system. By the time he was a teenager, he had won so many science fairs with exhibits of laser technology that he was invited to be a summer research assistant at Stanford’s prestigious Cooper Vapor Laser Laboratory. Dr. Arthur Schalow [sic], a Nobel laureate, remembers him even now. “You don’t forget a 16-year-old youngster who shows up with his own argon laser. (Village Voice) INFORMANT: 'Magic Mike' is a self-acknowledged informant who has been instrumental in revealing details of methamphetamine operations in the California counties of Mariposa, Madera, Fresno, Riverside, Alameda and Sonoma. Riconosciuto names as participants in these operations such people as Richard Knozzi, Jim DeSilva, Ben Kalka and others. Several of the people he informed on served long jail sentences. Riconosciuto keeps one foot firmly in the drug culture and the other foot securely planted in the world of covert operations. Those who wrapped themselves in the secrecy of black ops were also named by Riconosciuto. He exposed the activities of Robert Booth Nichols, Al C. Holbert, "Dr." Earl Brian and others. INMATE: Federal Prison inmate (#21309-086) Inmate locator list Michael James Riconosciuto, age 61, white male, release date 6-03-2017 from Terminal Island FCI (San Pedro, California). WILD BLUE YONDER: Michael Riconosciuto was a Wackenhut-CIA employee who told researcher Michael Lindemann that he had attempted to get a whole helicopter full of documents and evidence detailing illegal biogenetic activities and non-Congressionally sanctioned projects involving 'illegal aliens' out of the Nevada Test Site. MJR claims, the chopper was blown out of the sky, killing all five personnel on board. Michael's father happened to be Marshall Riconosciuto, a fascist and a supporter of Adolph Hitler who was a very close friend of Fred L. Crisman. Crisman was involved in the Maurey Island 'UFO' sighting incident in 1947 near Tacoma, Washington, which researcher Anthony Kimory believes involved the test-flight of hybrid craft. GENOCIDE: The PROMIS software eventually evolved into very bio-chemistry-specific versions named “Daylight” and “Oracle8i”. This PROMIS software evolution is best understood by reading THE LAST CIRCLE by Cheri Seymour, aka Carol Marshall – particularly the 15th chapter. This chapter reveals the contents of files provided to Seymour by PROMIS program-modifier Michael Riconosciuto documenting the history of Ft. Detrick’s biological warfare development and the stated desire of our nation’s top “National Institutes of Health” and CDC scientists to use new computer technologies to create sophisticated “Designer Viruses” for covert CIA use. He also documents the INFILTRATION of ISRAELI AGENTS into the labs of Ft. Detrick. Riconosciuto’s “modifications” are so “sensitive to national security” that Riconosciuto was placed into forced detention in a high-security federal prison – not because any “crime” had been committed – but to keep him from being kidnapped by other competing “multi-national group’s” interests. According to Riconosciuto’s files, the NEW GENERATON of PROMIS software, today trademarked as DAYLIGHT™ and ORACLE8i™ are unbelievably complex, and have exhibited incredible ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE capabilities as portrayed so well in the movie, “Eagle Eye”. ORACLE8i™ not only has the ability to rapidly analyze gene clade sequencing in viruses and bacteria in mere minutes, it can build a model of a complex new viral structure just as quickly, and can calculate to the minutest detail its possible “drift” of mutations after its release. This software can not only predict the DEATH TOLL the virus would produce, but also the accurate final numbers of its genetic mutations over a given period of time. In short, this software can indeed control a complex GENOCIDE AGENDA in the form of an engineered, worldwide VIRAL PANDEMIC from beginning to end – Alpha to Omega. Evidence suggests that this agenda was indeed systematically set in motion in March of 2009. The big question is "who in the cryptocracy would NOT want this man dead?" Danny Casolaro was writing a book related to MJR called THE OCTOPUS. Inslaw, a manufacturer whose owner had accused the Justice Department of stealing its extremely powerful PROMIS case management software; the so-called "October Surprise" theory that Iran had held back the American hostages to help Ronald Reagan win the 1980 presidential election; the collapse of the Bank of Credit and Commerce International; and Iran-Contra. The scheme was so vast and complex that Casolaro referred to it as "the Octopus". Casolaro was found dead in a hotel room in Martinsburg, West Virginia in August of 1991, his wrists slashed 10 to 12 times. His death was, of course, ruled a suicide. Casolaro's story might have continued its slow fade into the dusty corners of conspiracy theory folklore, except that charges were filed 10-4-2009 against a Miami-based missionary to Honduras named Jimmy Hughes for the 1981 slayings of Fred Alvarez and two associates in Rancho Mirage, California. It is believed that Alvarez was killed to silence him before he could carry out a threat to exposure financial improprieties and other illegal activity on the Cabazon Indian reservation in Riverside County, California. Incredibly, what happened on Cabazon land in the late '70s and early '80s reaches around the world and into the highest levels of the US government -- part of Casolaro's "Octopus". Central to the story, especially when he tells it, is the mysterious Michael Riconosciuto, now serving a 20-year sentence for production and distribution of meth. Understanding "the Octopus" is like the old story of the blind men trying to comprehend their first encounter with an elephant: the parts you touch can appear to be completely different and totally unrelated. Running over the outlines of the case in about half an hour, we didn't even mention mainstream media reports -- published prior to 9/11 -- that FBI spy Robert Hanssen sold an upgraded version of PROMIS to Russia, which in turn sold it to Osama bin Laden. It's believed Al Qaeda used the software to penetrate databases and move funds between banks without being detected by US counterterror groups. A PROMIS derivative was also allegedly used by Chinese military intelligence to steal nuclear secrets from the Los Alamos and Sandia national laboratories. So, like the Octopus, the tentacles extending from the modifications made by Michael Riconosciuto at the Cabazon reservation are many and far-reaching. Danny Casolaro was found with his wrists slashed in a motel bathtub in Martinsburg, West Virginia on August 10, 1991. He was a struggling writer and something of a romantic. Recently he had also styled himself as an investigator, contacting a variety of spooks-turned-victims and weaving their stories into an "Octopus" theory. This would be the book of his career: Danny as dragon-slayer. A year later, documents were missing from Casolaro's motel room. Was it suicide or murder? THE OCTOPUS involves Inslaw, Inc. and its Promis software, as well as Michael Riconosciuto, a child prodigy who became a secret agent and drug pusher, and still keeps a bevy of fringe journalists busy by dispatching leads from his jail cell. Mix in several years of affidavits flying like shrapnel, mostly due to Inslaw's reasonable claim that Promis was stolen by the Justice Department. Add Riconosciuto's unreasonable claim that he hacked Promis, making it so magical that U.S. intelligence tried to install it everywhere as a Trojan horse. Include more prominent names than you can shake a stick at, each with loose but spooky connections to everyone else, and throw in a few more investigative trails that end in corpses. Michael Roconosciuto claimed to be an intelligence officer monitoring the hostage situation in Iran, staying at the apartment of Robert Booth Nichols and Ellen Hopko Nichols located near the Nicosia, Cyprus airport. This group of people, according to Michael, were also involved in the "controlled drug operation" run by the DIA. Riconosciuto stated that they were paid with unsigned BCCI travelers checks. Shortly before the Lockerbie crash Riconosciuto returned to his home in Oregon. He knew that the McKee team would be returning to the United States to "blow the whistle" on the drug operation run by George W. Bush. Riconosciuto told me that when the warning came to the unit in Nicosia that there might be a bombing of Pan Am #103, Robert Booth Nichols told Rinconosciuto that he would change the reservation for the McKee team to another flight, just as FBI agent Revell's son had done. The night of the Lockerbie crash, Bobbi Riconosciuto was watching the television with their children when she learned of the crash and heard that the McKee team went down with others on board. She woke Michael up and told him. Michael broke from Robert Booth Nichols from that point forward because he held Nichols responsible for betraying the McKee team. Robert Booth Nichols became the key source for Danny Casolaro who had contacted Lester K. Coleman seven days before his murder in Martinsburg, West Virginia. Michael Riconosciuto enters the intrigue. Michael Riconosciuto, a self proclaimed CIA operative, was a project manager for the Wackenhut Company, a security company that is virtually a CIA front. After Earl Brian of Hadron, Inc. illegally obtained the legal rights to PROMIS from Inslaw, the software company the Hamiltons had owned, he hired Michael to create a "back door" into the software. This would enable the trackers of other intel agencies using PROMIS to be tracked by the CIA. Riconosciuto was working out of the Cabazon Indian Reservation near Indio, CA a hotbed of CIA intrigue and black-ops projects. Previously, Michael Riconosciuto had participated in developing software enabling the CIA to launder drug money raised by trafficking drugs through an airport in Mena, Arkansas while Clinton was governor of the state and Bush Sr. was in the White House. In a signed affidavit to a federal court, Riconosciuto stated "that the Wackenthut-Cabazon joint venture was intended to support the needs of a number of foreign governments and forces, including governments and forces in Central America and the Middle East. The Contras in Nicaragua represented one of the most important priorities of the joint venture". Casolaro Coincidentally, Danny Casolaro, an independently wealthy individual turned free lance, investigative journalist, was working on a book to be titled "The Octopus". His investigations lead him to the Wackenhut-Cabazon operation during Riconosciuto's involvement there. Gary Webb was another freelance investigative journalist, albeit not independently wealthy, who touched on the Wackenhut-Cabazon operations as revealed in his 1998 book "Dark Alliance." Webb stated: "Wackenhut was very active in El Salvador during the Contra war, providing employees to protect the U.S. Embassy and other installations, and doing ' "things you wouldn't want your mother to know about' ". Gary Webb goes on to explain how the isolation of the small Cabazon reservation, a tribe of thirty people, and its tax exempt status and lack of federal oversight were the advantages gained by using that location. ("Dark Allance" p.113) Webb continued " . . . Danny Casolaro was looking into the Cabazon/Wackenhut projects as part of a lager conspiracy investigation at the time he was found dead in a West Virginia motel room in 1991, allegedly a suicide victim. He had told friends he was convinced that " 'spies, arms merchants and others were using the reservation as a low-profile site on which to develop weapons for Third World armies, including the Nicaraguan Contras.' " (Dark Alliance p.113) Karen Bixman in her "Octopus" article wrote, "Riconosciuto asserted that all scandals overlap, and Casolaro, who gave Roconosciuto the title ' " Danger Man' ", was introduced to the underground world of ' "spooks' ". Amid investigating the related scandals, a pattern of mysterious deaths also began to emerge". In her "Octopus" article, Karen Bixman goes into detail on these mysterious deaths. Personally, I believe Gary Webb's death was the most recent of related mysterious deaths. Broken PROMIS: Tentacles of Cryptocracy This germy story is linked to the Octopus conspiracy and the PROMIS software scandal of the 1980s as described by mad genius Michael James Roconosciuto. In an interview with this author shortly before he went to prison, MJR personally recounted the tangled story of the many tentacles of the metacontrol system, Octopus. Roconosciuto subsequently told his story in print but the details and analysis remain the same. This is the dangerous story that got investigative journalist Danny Casolaro killed in 1991, best summarized in The Final Circle, by Carol Marshall (1996), who used MJR’s secret files to connect the dots. http://www.lycaeum.org/books/books/last_circle/1.htm The strongest link is personnel from Hadron, a front company, founded in the 80s, for questionable activity including germ warfare. Nearly every hospital in the world buys their products. Hadron, with Dr. Earl Brian as director, provided engineering and computer consulting services. Brian was convicted in the 1980s on fraud charges. Both Hadron and Dr. Brian were linked with the theft of enhanced PROMIS software from its owner, the Inslaw Corporation. PROMIS was a highly sophisticated computer program capable of integrating a wide variety of databases, now reportedly mated with artificial intelligence. PROMIS was modified by intelligence agencies with a back door that allows for surreptitious retrieval of stored data from adversaries. Bio Rad made the most hazardous medical, biological and nuclear chemicals in the world. BioRad’s Earl Brian started InfoTech, then Hadron to protect the parent company from lawsuits. MJR claims they had the capacity to bioengineer DNA based, genetically targeted pathogens – ethnic bioweapons. Hadron tried to buy Inslaw and its PROMIS (Prosecutor's Management Information System) software in 1983. It could be used not only for cracking business, national or international computer systems through a built in backdoor, but also be modified to track money laundering. By 1985, Inslaw was forced into bankruptcy in a DoJ investigation. When Inslaw refused to sell to Hadron, DOJ tried to bankrupt and liquidate Inslaw forcing the rock bottom sale of its assets, including PROMIS, perhaps to Hadron. Dr. Brian turned his interests to genetic research, biological technology. This scandal was closely tied to shady dealings by Wackenhut to develop biological warfare viruses on the Cabazon Indian reservation in Indio, California. In order to develop vaccines, which sounds innocuous enough, the virus must first be created. Biological warfare viruses have to be highly sophisticated to be used in military applications. Any type of biological research on an Indian reservation is not subject to scrutiny by the federal government because Indian reservations are sovereign nations. Wackenhut Corporation attempted to sell "biological warfare viruses" and vaccine kits to the U.S. government to be used against small countries bordering Albania or large countries bordering the Soviet Union. William C. Patrick, III developed the process by which anthrax spores could be concentrated at the level of one trillion spores per gram. Patrick has worked with Kanatjan Alibekov, known as "Ken Alibek" since he defected to the US in 1992. In Russia, Alibek was the No. 2 expert in the FSU's biowarfare program, under Vladimir Pasechnik. Ken Alibek became President of Hadron Advanced Biosystems, a subsidiary of Alexandria, Va.-based Hadron, Inc. Hadron specializes in “the development of technical solutions for the intelligence community.” It received millions in funding for medical biodefense research in the field of non-specific immunity from the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, the US Army Medical Research and Materiel Command, and the NIH. AKA "Dangerman" Broken PROMIS: Tentacles of Cryptocracy In Intelligence they eat their own. The sinister webwork is littered with stolen and broken promises. This germy story is linked to “The Octopus” (intelligence and black ops for profit) conspiracy and the PROMIS software scandal of the 1980s as described by eccentric scientific genius Michael James Roconosciuto, (pronounced Riconoshooto), weapons systems designer and computer software expert. He’s been accused of being a publicity-seeking pathological liar and a disinformation agent, but the intervening years have proved him right more often than not. He has one foot in the drug underground and the other in hi tech intelligence. Still, even after he went to prison, he continued making uncanny predictions. MJR was involved in a variety of sensitive intelligence projects besides PROMIS, from selling shoulder-fired missiles to Osama bin Laden during “Charlie Wilson’s War,” to hi-tech top-down computer programming operations, microwave transmissions, digital cash dispersal, cryptoanalytic attack, to germ warfare, and alleged drug dealing. It wouldn’t be far off to say he operated like a gangster. That is to say, this wise-guy knows the score when it comes to both state-sponsored and organized transnational crime He even predicted 9/11 by hijacking but was ignored. According to Riconosciuto, if properly investigated, the events of 911 may not have occurred. On February 5, 2001, Riconosciuto wrote a certified letter to his attorney, Don Bailey, that he had contact with someone in an Islamic group called the "Base" (AI Qaeda), and that said group was currently in preparation for an attack in the United States, but would not divulge specific details unless the U.S. Government granted immunity from prosecution to his sources. In this letter, Riconosciuto also stated that he had an inside source who could furnish information concerning the handling of false IDs and passports for the group. (Ted Gundersson, tedgunderson.com/) PROMIS was a people-tracking software system sold to intelligence organizations and government drug agencies worldwide. The global dispersion of PROMIS to 88 countries was part of a U.S. plot to spy on other spy agencies. Riconosciuto is one of the architects of the PROMIS backdoor. The original backdoor was a signal using a specialized chip that broadcast the contents of the existing database to monitoring vans or collection satellites using digital spread spectrum data compression whenever the software was run. The SIGINT was embedded as ordinary computer “noise,” actually encrypted stream cipher. A stream cipher applies a time- varying transformation to individual digits or bits of data. "Time-varying" means the same sequence of plaintext data bits seen at two different points in time will be encrypted to a different sequence of ciphertext data bits. The most famous stream cipher is the Verdam cipher, or “one-time pad.” It requires independent, uniform distribution of the keys, which are used only once and then discarded. PROMIS was eventually even sold for $2 million to the Russians by infamous traitor Robert Hanssen, who worked for FBI. The Russians passed it on to bin Laden, allowing him to monitor U.S. efforts to track him down, federal law enforcement officials said, according to the Washington Post. October 26, 2001. Brit Hume. The software program is called Promis. Sources tell Fox that U.S. law enforcement and intelligence agencies have used and constantly modified Promis software to manage caseloads, track and store classified information, and keep it secure for decades. But the concern is that bin Laden or Al Qaeda could get on-line and use it to monitor the worldwide criminal investigation and hide themselves, to monitor the worldwide financial investigation and hide their money, or monitor government operations of the governments that use the software. As a senior agent in the FBI's counterterrorism bureau, sources say Hanssen was tasked with helping allies like Germany and England with the installation and use of their versions of the PROMIS program. Numerous countries now, however, are tightening their cyber security, including Germany, Great Britain and Canada has actually investigated potential tampering with its Promis programs. Israel has used it on and off for years, too. www.boingboing.net/2001/10/...it-w.html In an interview with this author (Miller) shortly before he went to prison, MJR personally recounted the tangled story of the many tentacles of the metacontrol system, “The Octopus.” His story got weirder than The Matrix but he was perfectly lucid, easily recounting names, dates and particulars, seemingly eager to spread his story in a futile gesture to protect himself from what he perceived correctly as immanent danger. His well-placed “partners” had turned on him. This explained why he had arrived in Southern Oregon “on the lamb” in a Winnebago with a gun turret and a phalanx of body guards. Michael Riconoscuito was a computer expert for the Central Intelligence Agency, he was their Einstein. There was nothing he couldn't do with a computer, for good or for bad. But he had many secrets and he began to see the ruthlessness of his colleagues. Michael Riconoscuito decided to testify about massive corruption in the U.S. Justice Department and the intelligence agency. He agreed to provide his insider knowledge to the U.S. House Judiciary Committee investigating the Inslaw affair. www.toddjumper.com/eaglenet...wo57.html

Tavistock site

ionamiller — Sat, 03 Oct 2009 23:27:54 GMT

New Io Site - Tavistock Agenda http://tavistockagenda.iwarp.com Excerpts of this will appear in Paranoia zine,moving to journal format in the Spring... including how Freud brainwashed both Jung and Reich.

dump your Tavistock when the market slides

ionamiller — Tue, 29 Sep 2009 05:14:10 GMT

World's Most Influential Thintank Ever "There will be, in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution." -- Aldous Huxley, Tavistock Group, California Medical School, 1961 "The Mother of All Think Tanks," Tavistock tentacles form holographic feedback loops, backdoors and wormhole shortcuts among cultural institutions. Each can be unpacked for their associations and effects on society - Intelligence, Military, Government, NGOs, Economics, InfoTech, Mass Media, Philosophy, Occult, Religion, Science, Academia, Education, Psychology, Psychiatry, Medicine and Zeitgeist. Tavistock took the healing genius of Freud and Jung and aimed it at mass psychology in a controlling way. Brainstorming: "Yes, We Can" Tavistock is a financially and politically independent think tank. A think tank or policy institute conducts R&D, trains management and advocates strategies in the social, business, military, industrial, political, economic, scientific and technical arenas. Some are NGOs, some are funded by governments, private interest groups and businesses. In addition to this, Tavistock also does commercial consulting and research. Curiously, Tavistock is conspicuous in its absence on Wikipedia lists of thinktanks, but its clones abound. Behavior "Mod Squad" Tavistock coordinates the architects of control. The fractal 'fallout' -- other institutions, compartmentalized programs and cultural trends -- can be mapped from combinations of the above working together as societal control mechanisms. Long term, secret transformation of civilization is a psychological war waged on the subconscious mind. Many only sense the fraud subconsciously. Civilizations need a myth to live. Irrespective of national sovereignty, Tavistock's foundation ideology orchestrates archetypal battles of 'good and evil' by futuring in all cultural domains toward totalitarian ends. Arguably in doing so, they have distorted civilization, morals, psychology, history and religion. (The Russian equivalent is the "Psychoecology" of Psycotechnology Research Institute.) They have seized a monopoly on human judgment. Futuring includes six synergetic aspects: 1) mapping acceleration, 2) anticipating, 3) timing and 4) deepening the future, 5) creating alternatives to the present and 6) transformation. Aspirational futuring and analysis includes environmental scanning, forecasts, scenarios, visions, audacrious goals and understanding change and stratgic issues. Trends identify key forces shaping the future. Environmental scanning includes global, local, political, economic, technological, environmental and social trends. Roadmaps help us visualize strategies and collaborative foresight. Paradigms are the assumed truths of our logic. Acceleration is built into the physics of the universe. The shortlist of Tavistock's fellow globalist institutions includes Rockefeller Foundation, Ford Foundation, Rice Institute, CIA, MI6, SRI, Brookings, RAND, Club of Rome, Council on Foreign Relations, IMF, PNAC, Pilgrim's Society, Heritage Foundation, Center of Strategic & International Strategies, Ditchley Foundation, NASA, MIT, Wharton School, World Bank, National Training Laboratories, Institute for Policy Studies (IPS). Tavistock tailors programs to specific situations for these and more as well as setting standards in psychiatry, psychology and organizational management. Programs with proven historical contexts originating or rooted in Tavistock "brain trust" include: "Cold War," "War on Terror," "Total Information Awareness," "Full Spectrum Dominance," Joint Vision 2020, "Shock & Awe," propaganda, narco-capitalism, psyops, psiops, social engineering, psystrat, "Open Government," Infowar, behavioral modification, mass brainwashing, "buzzwords," "Delphi Panels," "Round Table" agenda, Air Force 2025, suppressed science, manufactured wars, "responsible globalization." These "Illuminoids" also orchestrate the psychosocial war for your mind, your body and your soul. Their "greatest hits" in the "science of demoralization" include nonconsensual experimentation, 'slow kill,' counterculture, LSD, New Age, rebellion, dissociation, alienation, cults, -isms, cryptocracy, "de-industrialization," disinformation, false-flag ops, militant activism, crisis creation, media manipulation, postmodern Apocalypse culture, presence-in-absence, fake rapture, 'prophet hologram,' "rogue nations," manufactured psychological shocks and stress, "occulturating" the masses, encounter groups, Aquarian Conspiracy, sensitivity groups, peer pressure, Agenda 21, Project Blue Beam, Long Crisis, "unintended consequences," corporate feudalism and some say extraterrestrial threat. [Details at http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_committee300_10.htm ] "Bourne Again" In the 2002-2007 film series, a take-off on CIA's MK Ultra program, hypno-patsy Jason Bourne learns how intelligence eats its own. As the series unfolds, we see how mind control and programmed assassins are used to steer sociopolitical "reality," while concealing and erasing memory of the mindbending puppetmasters. Only the biggest lies are 'too big to fail.' The irony is, in this sense, "we the people" are all "Bourne Again." Not surprisingly, the fourth film of the franchise is on the way, and a first-person shooter video game is already here. The seduction/murder perps who pull the 'magic trigger' on the smoking gun have perfected the art of 'hiding in plain sight' in their Magic Kingdom. Tavistock is the rudder on the pirate ship of state. They don't even care if we know how it works because 'plausible deniability' has become irrelevant in the Theatre of Cruelty that molds minds with metaphysics while shattering our perceptions. "The Secret" of reality creation is that it's beyond your control. The new Holy Trinity of our warring instincts is money/sex/power. The GOD we learned to worship is GoldOilDrugs. Tavistock's "Time Machine" Just outside London, Tavistock Institute is the sloganeering nerve center of a global psywar apparatus that attacks our collective conscious and unconscious relentlessly. Established after World War I by the Duke George of Kent to study shellshock, the original Tavistock Clinic developed psychological warfare for British intelligence. More than an international institution, Tavistock became a nonlocal community of practice -- a dark "invisible college," the Castaglia of the cryptocracy. Tavistock's grandmother is the drug empire of the British East India Company and Theosophical esoterics. Its grandfather is "The Open Conspiracy" of Utopian H.G. Wells, Bertrand Russell, Cecil Rhodes and Fabian socialists. The Society for Psychical Research (SPR) helped create the Fabian Society. Tavistock is the paranoid child of the Liepzig and Frankfurt Schools of critical thinking and behaviorism. The psychodynamics of Freud and Jung are its godparents. But Tavistock's birth mother was a whore -- a propaganda front called Wellingon House, known as "The Lie Factory." Like individuals, organizations can have a shadow side, and Tavistock engineered itself and the global shadow, the dark underside of wisdom. We live in duality. Using 'time' as their fulcrum, Tavistock explorations in crafting reality became exploitations, selling Utopian idealism to the New Left and patriotic Homeland Security to the born-again Right. Pitting them eternally against one another is a neo-con racket that molds all party themes. The game is collapsing the traditional world. They employ both religious and secular currents in the same way, playing both sides against the middle. Turning 'Great Game' strategies on the public, Tavistock's agenda transcends institutional boundaries, hoodwinking us about the nature of reality with stealth psystrat, media and cultural tactics while imposing and maintaining control through the collective psyche. The seat of power has switched from a pyramidal to a holographic power structure. Intelligence tricks are deployed from the heart of the machinery of state to engineer the consistent illusions of our psychosocial culture -- an interactive fiction. The social glue of trust has dried and cracked, leaving less than enlightened self-interest in an "I'll get mine first," mentality. The unconscious is a matrix of unconscious dynamics. The collective Shadow captures us through the personal shadow and self-interest, bridging us to the collective conscious mass psychosis. When these shrinks label you, 'put you in a box,' it may as well be a 'boxcar.' Tavistock is now selling downshifting income and aging lean. Modulating someone's internal state is a powerful form of control using the power of imagery. Conditioning replaces external constraint with internal compulsions on both essence and substance. Collectively, Tavistock is a 'strange attractor' in the global psychodynamic field. It has brought us all to the self-organizing state of criticality - the boundary of chaos and order. Our only defense is awareness and DIY mind control. But the torrent of information is manipulated to guide our motivations while engineering consensus by repackaging myths, memes and metaphors. In the 1960s, the Milgram Experiment demonstrated the draconian perils inherent in authority overriding personal conscience to compliantly "follow orders." The sun shines alike on torture and compassion. Multimedia quietly changes our thoughts and opinions, creating a mashup of fiction and reality -- a 'friction' that rubs everyone the wrong way. The magic circle of the hypnotic primetime television schedule holds all in its restrictive spell of dominion with celebrity ringmasters. While it captures the appearance of things, mimesis holds up an illusory mirror. Catharsis creates communal emotional discharge that orchestrates identification with group feelings. To Freud, catharsis was the traumatic transfer of a memory ["meme-ory", collectively] from the unconscious to the conscious. Though it effectively empties us of our own potentially meaningful creative content, the culture is addicted to it. Rather than purging our pathologies, emotional ventilation voyeuristically facilitates them. It evokes them with daily rituals. Simulation becomes second nature like breathing -- we are The Sims. First-person shooter games are Transmodern scapegoating. What we 'Discover' on one channel becomes 'History' on another. As one commentator put it, "Armageddon is the new black." Crisis Creation Not reserving their techniques for the enemy, Tavistock spread their contagious theory and practice of mass mind control into all strategic institutions. Tavistock wrote the blueprint for global domination, a triumph of image over substance. The 'hydraulic model' of tensions has given way to The Field theory of full-spectrum domination. The holographic structure is everywhere contained in its fractal satellites, each of which contains the entire program and can take over when others fail. They wrote the book on propaganda, prognostication and profiling -- the staples of the full-spectrum surveillance society. They have contrived history. Facts mixed with fiction produces friction. The simulation substitutes for reality. A ritual is just a play with audience participation. But it changes you in the alchemical process. Funded by British royalty, Rothchilds, Rockefellers, the Federal Government and Wall Street they learned the secret of transmuting infinite symbols of transformation into infinite power. Without wielding overt control, the Tavistock juggernaut has influenced the direction and effects of virtually every human endeavor with political and psychological warfare through its web of interlinking institutions. Following the lead of the British East India Company, transnational drug money is the mother's milk of black ops politics. Through a twist of fate, the shaping of Tavistock became synonymous with the shaping of global culture by forcing unwelcome changes and seizing psychological control of the human race. The brainwashing institute has twisted our beliefs into their very opposites by collapsing our psychic boundaries. Now, we are permanently "shellshocked." Holographic Power Structure The Tavistock agenda identifies and creates macro-trends, such as the "New Left" and militant activism as counter point to Neocon manipulation through radical religious policies. In other words, it is a primary polarizing entity at work throughout all levels of society, playing both sides against the middle. It does even better creating outside Adversaries through propaganda and projection, such as the distracting wars on terror, drugs, poverty and cancer -- all of which seem unresolvable. Viable solutions simply aren't allowed and are actively suppressed. A Rockefeller grant gave birth to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London in 1947. Tavistock joined with Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (RCGD) at the University of Michigan the next year and begin disseminating human relations literature, relating theory to practice, including promotion of change, engineering consensus, mass persuasion, breakdown of cognitive structure, and overcoming resistance. [Historical details at www.newswithviews.com/Cuddy/d...s122.htm and educate-yourself.org/nwo/nwo...t.shtml] Tavistock sets national agendas as part of the global shadow government. It used covert techniques to sell the war with Germany, the state of Israel, the Domino Theory and the Cold War for financial gain. Deliberate creation of crisis is a primary tool of social engineering and global psychodrama. Other networked thinktanks are its dissemination organ. They create peer pressure throughout all strata of society designed to break people down into consensus conformity.

Root of the trouble

ionamiller — Thu, 17 Sep 2009 20:19:47 GMT

The character of mighty oaks and dense forests are holographically contained in their tiny seeds. There are many intertwined twisted roots, many divergent branches each with their own agendas, and many strange fruits on the Tavistock family tree. All of them lead to interesting tangents, wild connections, and fantastic conclusions. They range from occult influences to outright greed but always involve power and control over the world we experience. Forms of cultural hegemony include psychological, spiritual, emotional, political, social, military, economic, and intellectual. Like any ideology, Tavistock asks us to believe its deceptive promises. Posthegemony is not a class struggle but a "struggle to produce class," and maintain an elite class. This is how and why we've been Neoconned. No traditional myth is as untruthful as the modern myth of progress -- the fiction that life can be altered at will. Paradoxically, the human imagination can be blamed for the worst crimes of our era. Political Philosopher John Gray attacks humanism as a worldview in which volition and morality are an illusion. He portrays humanity as a ravenous species engaged in wiping out other forms of life. His view is that universal human rights are not an ideal constitution for a single regime throughout the world, but a set of minimum standards for peaceful coexistence among regimes that will always remain different. In the course of pursuing the utopian ideal of a world without evil, entire societies have been destroyed. "The core of the belief in progress is that human values and goals converge in parallel with our increasing knowledge. The twentieth century shows the contrary. Human beings use the power of scientific knowledge to assert and defend the values and goals they already have. New technologies can be used to alleviate suffering and enhance freedom. They can, and will, also be used to wage war and strengthen tyranny. In the twentieth century, these technologies were used to implement state terror and genocide on an unprecedented scale. Ethics and politics do not advance in line with the growth of knowledge — not even in the long run." (John Gray, Heresies) Cryptocracy refers to a type of government where the real leaders are hidden. A fake government may appear to be in charge and not know themselves that they are not in charge. It can also be used when referring to similar arrangements in institutions, organizations, orders, sects and cults. Tavistock and its subsidiaries and de facto offshoots are such institutions. Tavistock is the rudder on the pirate ship of state, not only steering but manipulating delusionary and inappropriate foreign and domestic policy. The occult is one of the keys to world events. Reality is also defined by geopolitics. Like nature, history is cyclic. Drug companies are now as powerful as banks and oil. Corporate feudalism has replaced democracy as the new elitist rule. Corporations compete with nation-states and international mafia-style crime rings, employing the gambits of straw-dogs, smokescreens, hypnotized patsies, manufactured demons and false flags. In this world, nothing is ever as it seems. The best laid plans for utopia have diverted us from confronting geopolitical realities while masking consequences. False pretenses are used to execute plans serving manufactured ambition with quasi-religious zeal. Taking a cue from the history of the British East India Company, Tavistock created the drug-culture of the 60s by flooding the country with drugs to undermine the peace movement and traditional family. Narco-capitalism is one of the less advertised features of globalization, likely to grow larger in the economic downturn. In the past, drugs have financed what nations could not or would not do. Iran/Contra and Air America are two examples that likely continue in other forms. The anti-drug crusade is ritual combat masking a deeper level of profound conlusion and profiteering by intelligence groups, money-laundering banksters, urban guerillas, and terrorists. The futile global crusade continues, despite evidence that it is driven by the forces same forces that promoted and exploited it. Consensus is growing that the falsely so-called War on Drugs has failed, yet it is still imminently fundable as an industry. The double-bind is that we cannot afford to continue an absurd war on drugs, nor can we afford to stop. A collapse in drug prices would reduce yet another false bubble in the global economy. The Tavistock strategy moved far beyond any institutional walls as it mutated and adapted full-spectrum dominance to every facet of life, controlling all elements of the psyops battlefield across the range of conflicts with the witting and unwitting help of NGOs, academia, government, medicine and military. But the negative effects of hegemony lead to global instability. Sinister schemes take on a life of their own. Society works by mutual coercion, mutually agreed upon responsibilities, threats and punishments. Social Contract Theory is a political and philosophical concept describing how people form states or maintain social order. This is the theoretical groundwork of democracy and republicanism. It implies we give up some autonomy to a government or other authority in order to receive or maintain social order through the rule of law with consent of the governed. Criminals abdicate their rights and society protects itself from such outlaws, theoretically. The biggest criminals remain at large though politicians like to pretend they embody a moral consensus. The utilitarian social contract and the civil rights it protects are neither "natural rights" nor permanently fixed. The contract itself is only a means to an end — the benefit of all. It is only legitimate to the extent that it meets the general interest. When it fails, we renegotiate the terms with elections and legislation - a reflective equilibrium or a two-stage bargaining game with flesh and bones -- the Prisoner's Dilemma of game theory (originally framed at RAND in 1950 as a Cold War strategy). There is a higher payoff in betrayal than cooperation. The iterated prisoner's dilemma has also been referred to as the "Peace-War Game." If the contract leads to unwitting tyranny, it is void and the right to rebellion is legitimized. Inferred justification is no excuse. In terms of game theory, it isn't 'playing fair.' Strategy-set restricitons skew the game. The old game is made irrelevant by the noncooperative predatory game. There are unseen forces in play. The Prisoner's Dilemma is a classic example of a non-zero-sum game. The equilibrium in Prisoner's Dilemma is not the optimum solution. The enlightened self-interest of ethical philosophy doesn't have a chance. Risk is minimized by cooperation at the expense of individuation, of 'soul.' Illegal, immoral experiments are conducted daily in the name of national securityand you are not exempt. Your compliance is manipulated with forced choices. Although cooperation is ultimately exploited and extinguished, dynamic paths can "pseudo converge" in ways that allow partial cooperation to flourish for extended periods of time. Propaganda twists emotional involvement wrapped up in personal identity and sense of morality. Restricting information supports false beliefs and 'belief retention' blurs critical thinking. If the controllers are criminal, engaging in mass deception, the social contract is utterly broken. The deception is pretending that is not so.

Tavistock

ionamiller — Wed, 02 Sep 2009 21:23:26 GMT

"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable and to give the appearance of solidity to pure wind." --George Orwell "All news is lies and all propaganda is disguised as news." --Willi Muzenberg "Polls prove people are stupid. If you want an American to believe something, then all you have to do is get a poll taken that says it is so (and believe me, that is an easy thing to do, if you know how), and then get it publicized. You can tell somebody the Moon is made of green cheese--if the poll numbers say it is so, then the jerk reading them or watching them on the boob tube will believe it. Guaranteed.'' --Hal Becker, Futurist-Pollster "Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac." --Henry Kissinger - NY Times, Jan 19 1971 THE LONG CRISIS & PSYSTRAT, by Iona Miller, 8/2009 Tavistock "Stink Tank" Controls Social Engineering & Reinvents the World in Distorted Form, Metaprogramming the Future with Lockdown Control from Cradle to Grave. The Twisted Root Just outside London, Tavistock Institute is the nerve center of a global psywar apparatus that attacks our collective conscious and unconscious relentlessly. Established after World War I by the Duke George of Kent (1902-42), the original Tavistock Clinic developed psychological warfare for British intelligence. They didn't stop with the enemy but spread their theory and practice of mass mind control into all strategic institutions. Tavistock wrote the blueprint for global domination, a triumph of image over substance. They wrote the book on propaganda, prognostication and profiling -- the staples of the full-spectrum surveillance society. They have contrived history. Facts mixed with fiction produces friction. The simulation substitutes for reality. Funded by British royalty, Rothchilds, Rockefellers, the Federal Government and Wall Street they learned the secret of transmuting infinite symbols into infinite power. Without wielding overt control, Tavistock has influenced the direction and effects of virtually every human endeavor with political and psychological warfare through its web of interlinking institutions. Through a twist of fate, the shaping of Tavistock became synonymous with the shaping of global culture by forcing unwelcome changes and seizing psychological control of the human race. The brainwashing institute has twisted our beliefs into their very opposites by collapsing our psychic boundaries. Now, we are permanently "shellshocked." The twisted root of Tavistock is grandmothered by the stranglehold of the British East India Company and grandfathered by "The Open Conspiracy" of Utopian H.G. Wells, Bertrand Russell and Cecil Rhodes and Fabian socialists. Tavistock is the paranoid child of the paternal Leipzig and Frankfort schools of 'critical thinking' and 'behaviorism.' Freud and Jung are its godparents, introducing the superego and transpersonal aspects of depth psychology. But Tavistock's mother was a propaganda front called Wellington House, a fount of disinformation preceding WWI, called the "Lie Factory." They sold ideas. They sold wars like they sold pop culture, through mass manipulation. Thus, Tavistock gave rise to myriad social and political revolutions but America remains their primary target. Tavistock's legitimate and bastard children include social psychology, social ecology, humanistic psychology, transpersonal psychology, future studies, change agents, systems theory, buzzwords, spin, pitching, sloganeering, polling, opinion-making, levels of control, human relations, mother-child relations, casual sex, self-esteem, empowerment, and decision theory. Humanism, behavior modification, group dynamics, paradigm shift, stress management, coping, processing, deconstruction, integration, ecology, psychiatry, cognitive structure, object relations, Aquarian conspiracy, women's liberation, generation gap, population bomb, sensitivity training, radicalization, counterculture, alternate life styles, drug culture, controlled environment and political correctness all found fertile soil in the world's universities. Social fields encompassed organizational behavior, management theory, parenting, conferences, facilitating, group therapy, team management, organizational culture, group process, socio-tech, core competence, behavioral science, system improvement, family systems therapy, and self-analysis. Though many have benefited greatly from such progressive programs and therapies, their ultimate goal follows a subtle sinister control agenda that no one engaging in such activity could guess from the surface. Have we been "sleeping with the enemy," inducing trauma at the same time we try to heal it? Rather than healing the sick, Tavistock makes the healthy ill. Pluralism, decentralization, privatization, globalization, social environmental turbulence, work-life issues, social capital, one world government, networking, class war, brain trust, leaderless group concept, disinformation, zeitgeist, entertainment-propaganda, urban de-concentration, "changing times," "embedding," "gulf crisis" and other emergent themes were inspired by Tavistock. Thoughts are controlled by language that limits personal expression. 'Metaphor' creates a reality that shapes thought through public opinion in mass media that straightjackets the mind. Taistock calls it 'Basic'; Orwell called it 'Newspeak.' It controls and manages 'the news.' Dummied down educational systems limit most citizens to basic vocabularies. New buzzwords, collapsing synonyms and antonyms, are create to hold a meme as a gestalt. Unraveling Social Fabric Tavistock's social engineering strategy was studying things by changing them in their 'natural environment.' They learned about resistance to change in the industrial environment and emerging societal problems. Concept maps lead to critical paths that lead to tipping points. "All public opinion polling has its origins in "sociometrics,'' or statistical sociology, as developed in the early part of this century by Frankfurt School-linked operatives, including Max Weber. By the late 1940s and early 1950s, the key U.S. nodes of Tavistock were conducting specialized polling operations, under contract from government agencies and the private sector. Immediately after World War II, the most extensive profiling of the American population to date took place under the auspices of a project run jointly through the Tavistock-Frankfurt School networks, ostensibly to study ``prejudice'' in the United States. The study, whose most notorious volume was titled The Authoritarian Personality. Another major polling-profiling operation was undertaken by Tavistock networks in the 1960s, under a NASA grant, ostensibly to examine the impact of the space program on the population. The findings of the semi-secret Rapoport Report found that the space program had produced a "dangerous outbreak" of cultural optimism and belief in the capability of creative scientific thinking to solve problems," so NASA was hamstrung. Institutions embody these ideas, including medicine, finance, banking, intelligence, and foreign policy. The penultimate Tavistock groups include CFR, Trilateral Commission and Bilderbergers. These "Olympians" control the way we see the future. It isn't illegal to condition anyone without their explicit knowledge or consent. "The Technocratic Era" (1950) by Zbigniew Brzezinski was frighteningly accurate. CIA, MI6, Rand, Brookings, Esalan, Stanford Research Institute (SRI) and Club of Rome thinktanks, National Training Laboratories, Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (MIT and Ann Arbor), Institute for Social Research (ISR) and Survey Research Center at University of Michigan, Georgetown, Harvard, Wharton and MIT's Sloane business schools are prime examples. Hudson Institute, Heritage Foundation, Kurt Lewin, Elliott Jacques, Eric Trist, Hedley Cantril, Wilfred Bion, H.V. Dicks and many more contributed to the literature of social engineering. Management utopians took these principles corporate. Trist ironically titles his biography, "Guilty of Enthusiasm" (1993). In 1922, Walter Lippman codified the methods of psychological warfare and public opinion. Bernays countered with Crystallizing Public Opinion and Propaganda (1928) with its ideas of "secret government." John Rawlings Rees published the Journal of Humanistic Psychology. Counterculture heroes, Margaret Meade, Gregory Bateson, Marilyn Ferguson, Aldous Huxley, Michael Murphy, Abraham Maslow, Carl Rogers and so many others were complicit, if unwitting. Tavistock's "prophet," Sigmund Freud and his colleagues promoted theories of psychological collapse and techniques for inducing psychosocial breakdown in a silent but deadly war of mass brainwashing to impose conformity. The goal of a docile population became achievable. Group experience can alter the values of individuals and gradually change the basis of society. In the 1930s, Tavistock collaborated in a cultural critique with the Frankfurt Institute for Social Research, created by the European oligarchy. Moving to New York in the late 1930s, the Frankfurt School pioneered analysis of mass media effects. Mass communications leads to mass control. Instead of an "Invasion From Mars" we got an invasion from Tavistock -- a "War of the Words." Freud's nephew, a Tavistock Institute allstar, Edward Bernays is the godfather of propaganda and the "engineered consent" of Madison Avenue. The Nazi's employed techniques he outlined in the book PROPAGANDA, and later brought them back to the US under Operation Paperclip. Techniques were picked up by CIA and morphed into mind control operations such as programmed assassins and MK Ultra drug and mind control. The foreign and domestic public became their lab rats for covert activity and coercive mind control tactics, including drugs, persuasion, fear, projection and illusion. Changing programming changes identity. Those who invented 'quality of life' have virtually ruined yours -- the life you will never know. Tensions in society are artificially inflammed. 'Critical theory' aims at changing society as a whole. It begs the question, critical for whom? Populations are programmed with "The Big Lie," distorted communications bent on the social control of human behavior. Once it embodies these producer/consumer ideals, society becomes a living sacrifice to the false GOD (Gold, Oil, Drugs). The 'OILogarchy' has funded many Tavistock type projects. You are "collateral damage" in the methodical pursuit for your soul. None of us escapes Tavistock-style "long range penetration and inner conditioning." Programming instills a false consciousness about the nature of collective reality. A blackhole of deception, Tavistock shocktoops invaded society, targeteing, infiltrating and attacking all professions. Banking, defense, politics, education, media, industry, mental health and religion succumb to the relentless Tavistock "Borg." Hijacked control mocks the Constitution turning it into a bait-and-switch liberty scam. You cannot have liberty, when in Newspeak it mean 'slavery.' Tavistock's first victory was capturing the collective imagination. The explicit goal of action-oriented behavioral control of human nature is disarming the mind. They manipulate through your psychological needs. Paradoxically, Tavistock calls your controlled condition "empowered." Can we learn to see through the "forced choices" game and reclaim our individuality? Collective Psyche If human civilization isn't broken, it sure is bent to the breaking point. Tavistock modulates this threshold with crises and futureshock. Our outer world is only as good as our inner world and that has been calculatedly undermined, warping personal perception, feelings, emotions and beliefs. We have no control over the collective psyche that is our collective unconscious as outlined by Carl Jung in his Tavistock Lectures (1935). Collective psyche is your secret self, full of archetypal "strange attractors" we formerly called gods and goddesses. It is "as if" multiple forces, each with their own arenas, agendas, and dynamics mold our lives and world to their will. The synchronistic totality of all conscious and unconscious self-organizing processes has its own psychic structure and flow. We are vulnerable to the spontaneous fluctuations of the collective unconscious. The Tavistock agenda exploits these dynamics taking control of the reins to manipulate us with our unconscious dynamics. Global sociopolitical life and systemic problems are fractally mirrored in each of us. So are collective Shadow, delusions and metaprogramming. We engage in crisis aversion rituals which do not relieve our existential anxiety or fears of the unknown future. We all cherish the idea of freedom, but has it ever been more than a concept, a delusion of grandeur? National interests and actions often conflict with espoused values which are applied only selectively, if at all. We have been seduced into surrendering our principles and personal freedoms for a fantasy of security and a bigger house that is wasteful to heat. Was personal sovereignty ever an option or only a pleasant daydream? Forces beyond our control misdirect us, blurring the distinction between truth and reality. But our collective hearts cry out for something beyond the myopia of collectivism that plagues us. We yearn for insight into our real condition and compassionate relief from it. We swing manic-depressively from hope to outrage. Change starts with the questions we ask because they are embedded with the potential to shift our awareness to more expansive and unexpected views. Can we beat the system before it beats us down? With a grasp of the gameplan we can at least each devise our own strategy for these times, with or without the promise of neoliberal economic reform. The Game of Life The geopolitical and psychosocial Game of Life is rigged. But then "all's fair in war," at least since Tavistock silently declared it. As they know since the concept originated at RAND, the "Prisoners' Dilemma" is the 'catch 22' inescapable paradox of Game Theory -- conditional strategies of self interest. The logical paradox is a double bind. This is how processes split into polarization of competing domains often leading to Fascism. There is a cost to group living for all individuals in the crucible of group competition. A player's cooperation means "staying silent." At the critical cusp the process bifurcates, leading to an impasse of crisis and instability. Protection from aggression and the need for cooperation reach stalemate as in the Cold War. This is the psychobiology of morality. Domination and exploitation lead to atrophy. All of life is locked in the dilemma of cooperative and competitive forces we call life. In the 'tragedy of the commons,' it always pays off for exploiters to exploit the altruistic (Hardin). Game equilibrium favors selfishness. But the end result is multiple jeopardy and destruction of the environment. Yet evolution seems to avoid reciprocity when possible. Real games of life often tend to an equilibrium between cooperating and defecting strategies, except in the Dictator Game, making the Prisoners' Dilemma a permanent feature of natural and social survival. "In the 'public good' game, everyone makes a voluntary contribution to a common pot of money, the experimenter doubles it, and the pot is divided evenly among the participants regardless of what they contributed. The optimal strategy for each player acting individually is to be a free rider and contribute nothing, hoping others will contribute something and he can get a share of their contribution. Of course, if every player thinks that way, the pot stays empty and no one earns a dime. The optimum for the group is for all the players to contribute everything they have so they can all double their money. When the game is played repeatedly, however, everyone tries to become a free rider, and the pot dwindles to a self-defeating zero. On the other hand, if people are allowed both to contribute to the pot and to levy fines on those who don't contribute, conscience doth make cowards of them all, and almost everyone contributes to the common and profitable good." (King) To understand mass psychology, you need to know the real rules of engagement - the psychological strategy deployed in the war for your mind. Metaprogramming is not an exact science, but Madison Avenue has demonstrated effects are real enough and that propaganda, groupthink and even entertainment can bend minds. Don't mistake information for knowledge. You may have an illusion of knowledge and an illusion of control over your own judgment and values. Situational awareness and analysis help us deduce plausible future scenarios. Scenarios create a map of uncertainty. Why do you think there are so many global extinction scenarios on television now? Life as mankind has known it is under grave threat of extinction from potential biological, geophysical and cosmological agents. But the politics of fear work whether any actual threat is there, or not. Induced and controlled stress is the principle of mass persuasion coupled with the dynamics of leadership and authority. Mass psychology is fear psychology, undermining independent thought. Cold War paranoia remains a good example. Fear and its counterpoint, overambition, also modulates investor psychology through behavioral investing. Even with radically reduced consumption per capita, the carrying capacity of the earth is less than 1/2 the present population. Demographic momentum suggests global population will double in our children's lifetimes. It took from the big bang to 1824 for global population to reach 1 billion. There were times humanity nearly went extinct, such as the Toba eruption, some 74,000 years ago. The Great Correction: Peak Energy / Peak People Barring catastrophe, 15 billion will inhabit the planet in the blink of an eye. Half a billion in the US in the next century makes population control sound necessary and desirable, depending on how such programs are executed, literally and figuratively. [Population Explosion: www.youtube.com/watch ] Would we want Paradise Engineering if it were achievable? Brave New World is the false model of universal social happiness. But how could we be dystopic if it becomes psychophysiologically impossible? Transhumanists claim superhappiness and radical mood enhancement are around the corner with or without supercharged designer drugs. But if we are bioengineered are we truly human or something else entirely? Just like any individual, collective psyche has realities, fantasies and delusions. Some of them do not arise spontaneously, but are introjected into society as memes. Why do you suppose even the commercials relate to collective crisis, economic, social, and mental distress? IRS and private debt, medical bankruptcy, foreclosure, pollution hazards, mood alteration? Fear and escape are cultivated like crops. The louder and more often they call for attention, the more sure you can be they are part of the Pavlovian programming problem, not the solution. Illegal and legal drugs, including cigarettes and alcohol, quietly cull the population and generate tremendous cashflow for hospitals and legal systems. The Drug War doesn't work but is immenently fundable and therefore continues as a front for "plausible deniability." But how can we reform any system that is systematically deformed? There is a solution on sale for you to mitigate every distress, a cure for every ill. To be a "good" consumer now, you must be ecological and buy more investment purchases, even though you just lost 75% of your retirement funds. When you aren't being sold remedies, you are being fed fear in crisis after crisis. You had better get your mandatory vaccination soon. There are many ways for the psychological vampire to put "the bite" on you. The real crisis is this war conducted inside your head by those who do not have your best interests at heart, by those who program you for exploitation while robbing you of rights and freedoms. The utopian/dystopian spectrum ranges in the individual from euphoria to dysphoria and collectively from peace to war. Social ecologist, Philip Zimbardo is renowned for his Stanford Prison Experiment, demonstrating that in the right circumstances ordinary people can swiftly become amoral monsters. Evil isn't inherent in individuals, but emerges dependably when a sequence of dehumanizing and stressful circumstances unfolds. Predictable situations corrupt people into wielding sadistic power in a destructive way. The recipe for behavior change isn’t complicated. What makes good people do evil deeds? Zimbardo claims, “All evil begins with a big lie,” whether it’s a claim to be following the word of God, or the need to stamp out political opposition. A seemingly insignificant step follows, with successive small actions, presented as essential by an apparently just authority figure. The situation presents others complying with the same rules, perhaps protesting, but following along all the same. If the victims are anonymous or dehumanized somehow, the formula works better. Exiting the situation is extremely difficult. No Exit We are in an existential double bind. Underlying forces are playing our underlying forces, modulating personal and collective moods like an emotional organ. CIA used to brag about its "Mighty Wurlitzer," synchronized media control. Conflict, fear and trauma can be used to manipulate and control individuals and whole populations. Drugs are becoming ever more readily available, legally and illegally. Transnational drug trade supports even more black ops "social engineering" in other areas. Drugs are no longer needed for psyops because ELF weapons have been created to conduct the secret war with electronic frequency generators that cause the brain to resonate at whatever level is programmed. Disease and dis-ease can be broadcast with microwave mind control. Boundaries collapse in mass migration and changing demographics. Crises play on our anxiety which is displaced fear. They also preoccupy us from noticing what is really going on -- from petrocollapse to population collapse. The silent war -- mass psychological warfare -- for your mind has already been won, but not by you, yourself. PSYOPS is the weapon deployed in full-spectrum warfare and you are the target. The main issue for rulers and government has always been how to control the population at large. A huge psychosocial combine grinds the wheat from the chaff of human society. We've been systematically deprived of our freedoms and independence. Given the means, it then follows that bending wills and the means to do so become imperatives. Violence is too crass and resource depleting. Bloodless efforts simply begin at the cradle and carry on relentlessly to the last breath. Programming, intimidation, coercion and persuasion are built into the system. But how is the mind bent and toward what ends? The masses are bent through control of resources and the environment, mind control, massive manipulation, crisis and social turbulence. Nonprofit foundations have teamed with corporate, military and governmental entities to form a covert control force. Unintended consequences result. Under the guise of 'prevention' they create oppression. Good intentions and even best practices don't always result in desirable effect. We also have to ask, "Desirable for whom?" Democracy has to be relearned in each generation or it is doomed to failure. The game is rigged by molding the worldview, values and desires of children. The game has been telegraphed through literature and films, but that has not stopped its insidious penetration of the collective psyche. Metaphorical Manipulation Coercion can be masked as group process. Once you know how to teach democracy you can also subvert it for control. Nothing is as practical as a good theory. Feedback is a key ingredient. An attitude of acceptance is engendered early. Historically, drugs and terrorism have been used to control populations. Tavistock institute is the primary purveyor of global manipulation and crowd control. The social influence of Tavistock cannot be overestimated in intelligence, education, mind control, monopolistic media, psychiatry, the military and other major arenas of culture. It is the source of the Human Potential Movement, encounter groups, and the "Tavistock Method," which induces and controls stress via "psychologically controlled environments" in order to make people give up firmly held beliefs under "peer pressure." Like a deadly iceberg, the Tavistock agenda lurks below the conscious threshold of society. It is continuously working its way into the fabric of our being using its own memes and viral methodology. When they aren't playing to our fear, they are playing to our cultural narcissism -- the Madison Avenue concocted American Consumer, drunk on the hypercompetitive American Dream of More. Now is the time to sober up and realize your mind has been hijacked by commercial interests and you let them do it. It doesn't come as news to many because for years it has been going on hiding in plain sight. Long ago H.G. Wells attempted to establish a technocratic global empire ruled by elites. Social psychology would retrain the masses by symbolically enslaving their souls. Psychological warfare made this "English ideology" a reality. (Stahlman, 1996) In The Time Machine he authored a dystopian future where humans were blissed-out "cattle" who were fed upon by underground trolls. Societal effects show, this blueprint for techno future has been followed metaphorically and literally. The nation state is abandoned for the world revolution - a global state run by scientist/priests and social engineers, technocrats and libertarians that Wells called "The Open Conspiracy." This dark vision was the death-knell of independent economic sovereignty and an endorsement of oligarchy and plutocracy -- stateless robber-barons. Human agency is lost to manipulation. Norbert Weiner's "Human Use of Human Beings" (1950) predicted human release from drudgery through automation, but cyberlife has brought its own drudgery, such as the endless barrage of viral apps in Facebook that are the 'herpes' of netlife. Marshall McLuhan claimed mass media eliminated individual human beings, including capitalist cyberhippies and the commodified personality cult "brands" of the spiritual supermarket and other mass market penetration. In such a society, only the decommodied can afford to be free. The new faith based on cybertechnology, free-market economics and counterculture libertarianism has already failed. California, and its hedonic philosophy, is bankrupt. So where are we going? Hesse's Nobel-prize winning novel set in the post-holocaust 23rd century, Glass Bead Game or Magister Ludi (1943) describes a cadre of individuals and their headmaster -- the Magister Ludi -- engrossed in interdisciplinary play, engineering cultural values from behind the scenes. Hesse never explains just how the game is played, but hints at its structure for future aspirants seeking global solutions to the critical predicament of mankind through Global Architectronics. The Glass Bead Game requires that its players synthesize aesthetics and philosophy. The esoteric society is a mode of playing with the total contents and values of our culture, like a master painter plays with the colors on his palette. The Game's synthetic, non-linear information play is a forerunner and blueprint of virtual reality metaphysics and AI. This symphonic music of ideas was multimedia in the making. Each elite player is required to intensively contemplate the content, origin, and meaning of the all-meaningful palette of symbols for novel insights. "Realizing" and symphonic integration are aspects of play. The game is a path from Becoming to Being, from potentiality to reality -- it has real consequences. Meditative epiphanies not only foresee but create or massage the future. Mass control always aims to remold the perception of self and reality. For the small circle of genuine Glass Bead Game players cosmic play in a symbolic universe is virtually equivalent to worship. The game is God to the players who act in a god-like manner by manipulating symbolic forms. The game play programs society. Meanwhile normal humans obsess on trying to remember their true essence and fantasize about a new stage of evolution. Both attempt to cultivate synchronicity.

The Long Crisis

ionamiller — Mon, 31 Aug 2009 02:11:05 GMT

Collective Psyche If human civilization isn't broken, it sure is bent. We have no control over the collective psyche. Collective psyche is your secret self. The dynamic totality of all conscious and unconscious self-organizing processes has its own psychic structure and flow. Global sociopolitical life and systemic problems are fractally mirrored in each of us. So are collective Shadow, delusions and metaprogramming. We engage in crisis averrsion rituals which do not relieve our existential anxiety or fears of the unknown future. We all cherish the idea of freedom, but has it ever been more than a concept, a delusion of grandeur? National interests and actions often conflict eith espoused values which are applied only selectively, if at all. We have been seduced into surrendering our principles and perssonal freedoms for a fantasy of security and a bigger house that is wasteful to heat. Was personal sovereignty ever an option or only a pleasant daydream? Forces beyond our control misdirect us, blurring the distinction between truth and reality. But our collective hearts cry out for something beyond the myopia of collectivism that plagues us. We yearn for insight into our real condition and relief from it. We swing manic-depressively from hope to outrage. Change starts with the questions we ask because they are embedded with the potential to shift our awareness to more expansive and unexpected views. Can we beat the system before it beats us down? With a grasp of the gameplan we can at least each devise our own strategy for these times, with or without the promise of neoliberal economic reform. The geopolitical and psychosocial Game of Life is rigged. To understand mass psychology, you need to know the real rules of engagement - the psychological strategy deployed in the war for your mind. Metaprogramming is not an exact science, but Madison Avenue has demonstrated effects are real enough and that propaganda, groupthink and even entertainment can bend minds. Don't mistake information for knowledge. You may have an illusion of knowledge and an illusion of control over your own judgement and values. Situational awareness and analysis help us deduce plausible future scenarios. Scenarios create a map of uncertainty. Why do you think there are so many global extinction scenarios on television now? Life as we have known it for mankind is under grave threat of extinction from potential biological, geophysical and cosmological agents. But the politics of fear work whether any actual threat is there, or not. Mass psychology is fear psychology, undermining independent thought. Cold War paranoia remains a good example. Fear and its counterpoint, overambition, also modulates investor psychology through behavioral investing. Even with radically reduced consumption per capita, the carrying capacity of the earth is less than 1/2 the present population. Demographic momentum suggests global population will double in our children's lifetimes. It took from the big bang to 1824 for global population to reach 1 billion. The Great Correction: Peak Energy / Peak People Barring catastrophe, 15 billion will inhabit the planet in the blink of an eye. Half a billion in the US in the next century makes population control sound necessary and desirable, depending on how such programs are executed, literally and figuratively. [Population Explosion: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WmEosykOesE ] Would we want Paradise Engineering if it were achievable? Brave New World is the false model of universal social happiness. But how could we be dystopic if it becomes psychophysiologically impossible? Transhumanists claim superhappiness and radical mood enhancement are around the corner with or without supercharged designer drugs. But if we are bioengineered are we truly human or something else entirely? Just like any individual, collective psyche has realities, fantasies and delusions. Some of them do not arise spontaneously, but are introjected into society as memes. Why do you suppose even the commercials relate to collective crisis, economic, social, and mental distress? IRS and private debt, medical bankruptsy, foreclosure, pollution hazards, mood alteration? The louder and more often they call for attention, the more sure you can be they are part of the Pavlovian programming problem, not the solution. Illegal and legal drugs, including cigarettes and alcohol, cull the population and generate tremendous cashflow for hospitals and legal systems. The Drug War doesn't work but is immenently fundable and therefore continues. But how can we reform any system that is systematically deformed? There is a solution on sale for you to mitigate every distress, a cure for every ill. To be a "good" consumer now, you must be ecological and buy more investment purchases, even though you just lost 75% of your retirement funds. When you aren't being sold remedies, you are being fed fear in crisis after crisis. You had better get your mandatory vaccination soon. There are many ways for the psychological vampire to put "the bite" on you. The real crisis is this war conducted inside your head by those who do not have your best interests at heart, by those who program you for exploitation while robbing you of rights and freedoms. It takes place somewhere along a utopian/dystopian spectrum, which ranges in the individual from euphoria to dysphoria. Social ecologist, Philip Zimbardo is renowned for research (Stanford Prison Experiment) demonstrating that in the right circumstances ordinary people can swiftly become amoral monsters. Evil is not so much inherent in individuals, Zimbardo showed, but emerges dependably when a sequence of dehumanizing and stressful circumstances unfolds. Predictable situations corrupt people into wielding sadistic power in a destructive way. The recipe for behavior change isn’t complicated. What makes good people do evil deeds? “All evil begins with a big lie,” says Zimbardo, whether it’s a claim to be following the word of God, or the need to stamp out political opposition. A seemingly insignificant step follows, with successive small actions, presented as essential by an apparently just authority figure. The situation presents others complying with the same rules, perhaps protesting, but following along all the same. If the victims are anonymous or dehumanized somehow, all the better. And exiting the situation is extremely difficult. Underlying forces are playing your underlying forces, modulating your moods like an emotional organ. Conflict, fear and trauma can be used to manipulate and control individuals and whole populations. Drugs are becoming ever more readily available, legally and illegally. Transnational drug trade supports even more black ops "social engineering" in other areas. Drugs are no longer needed for psyops because ELF weapons have been created to conduct the secret war with electronic frequency generators that cause the brain to resonate at whatever level is programmed. Disease and dis-ease can be broadcast with microwave mind control. Boundaries collapse in mass migration and changing demographics. Crises play on our anxiety which is displaced fear. They also preoccupy us from noticing what is really going on -- from petrocollapse to population collapse. The silent war -- mass psychological warfare -- for your mind has already been won, but not by you, yourself. PSYOPS is the weapon deployed in full-spectrum warfare and you are the target. The main issue for rulers and government has always been how to control the population at large. A huge psychosocial combine grinds the wheat from the chaff of human society. We've been systematically deprived of our freedoms and independence. Given the means, it then follows that bending wills and the means to do so become imperatives. Violence is too crass and resource depleting. Bloodless efforts simply begin at the cradle and carry on relentlessly to the last breath. Programming, intimidation, coercion and persuasion are built into the system. But how is the mind bent and toward what ends? The masses are bent through control of resources and the environment, mind control, massive manipulation, crisis and social turbulence. Nonprofit foundations have teamed with corporate, military and governmental entities to form a covert control force. Unintended consequences result. Under the guise of 'prevention' they create oppression. Good intentions and even best practices don't always result in desireable effect. We also have to ask, "Desireable for whom?" Democracy has to be relearned in each generation or it is doomed to failure. The game is rigged by molding the worldview, values and desires of children. The game has been telegraphed through literature and films, but that has not stopped its insidious penetration of the collective psyche. Metaphorical Manipulation Coercion can be masked as group process. Once you know how to teach democracy you can also subvert it for control. Nothing is as practical as a good theory. Feedback is a key ingredient. An attitude of acceptance is engendered early. Historically, drugs and terrorism have been used to control populations. Tavistock institute is the primary purveyor of global manipulation and crowd control. The social influence of Tavistock cannot be overestimated in intelligence, education, mind control, monopolistic media, psychiatry, the military and other major arenas of culture. It is the source of the Human Potential Movement, encounter groups, and the "Tavistock Method," which induces and controls stress via "psychologically controlled environments" in order to make people give up firmly held beliefs under "peer pressure." Like a deadly iceberg, the Tavistock agenda lurks below the conscious threshold of society. It is continuously working its way into the fabric of our being using its own memes and viral methodology. When they aren't playing to our fear, they are playing to our cultural narcissism -- the Madison Avenue concocted American Consumer, drunk on the hypercompetetive American Dream of More. Now is the time to sober up and realize your mind has been hijacked by commercial interests and you let them do it. It doesn't come as news to many because for years it has been going on hiding in plain sight. Long ago H.G. Wells attempted to establish a technocratic global empire ruled by elites. Social psychology would retrain the masses by symbolically enslaving their souls. Psychological warfare made this "English ideology" a reality. (Stahlman, 1996) In The Time Machine he authored a dystopian future where humans were blissed-out "cattle" who were fed upon by underground trolls. Societal effects show, this blueprint for techno future has been followed metaphorically and literally. The nation state is abandoned for the world revolution - a global state run by scientist/priests and social engineers, technocrats and libertarians that Wells called "The Open Conspiracy." This dark vision was the death-knell of independent economic sovereignty and an endorsement of oligarchy and plutocracy -- stateless robber-barons. Human agency is lost to manipulation. Norbert Weiner's "Human Use of Human Beings"(1950) predicted human release from drudgery through automation, but cyberlife has brought its own drudgery, such as the endless barrage of viral apps in Facebook. Marshall McLuhan claimed mass media eliminated individual human beings, including capitalist cyberhippies and the commodified personality cult "brands" of the spiritual supermarket and other mass market penetration. In such a society, only the decommodied can afford to be free. The new faith based on cybertechnology, free-market economics and counterculture libertarianism has already failed. California, and its hedonic philosophy, is bankrupt. So where are we going? Hesse's Nobel-prize winning novel set in the post-holocaust 23rd century, Glass Bead Game or Magister Ludi (1943) describes a cadre of individuals and their headmaster -- the Magister Ludi -- engrossed in interdisciplinary play, engineering cultural values from behind the scenes. Hesse never explains just how the game is played, but hints at its structure for future aspirants seeking global solutions to the critical predicament of mankind through Global Architectronics. The Glass Bead Game requires that its players synthesize aesthetics and philosophy. The esoteric society is a mode of playing with the total contents and values of our culture, like a master painter plays with the colors on his palette. The Game's synthetic, non-linear information play is a forerunner and blueprint of virtual reality metaphysics and AI. This symphonic music of ideas was multimedia in the making. Each elite player is required to intensively contemplate the content, origin, and meaning of the all-meaningful palette of symbols for novel insights. "Realizing" and symphonic integration are aspects of play. The game is a path from Becoming to Being, from potentiality to reality -- it has real consequences. Meditative epiphanies not only foresee but create or massage the future. Mass control always aims to remold the perception of self and reality. For the small circle of genuine Glass Bead Game players cosmic play in a symbolic universe is virtually equivalent to worship. The game is God to the players who act in a god-like manner by manipulating symbolic forms. The game play programs society. Meanwhile normal humans obsess on trying to remember their true essence and fantasize about a new stage of evolution. Both attempt to cultivate synchronicity. EMERGENT MACRO-TRENDS Territorial nation-state sovereignty originated in the 1648 Peace of Westfalia. The authoritative role of the state, self-determination, and legal equality been coopted by globalist multinational corporations and promoted through universities, NGOs and thinktanks. Universities train the elite for governance using specific methods - the Tavistock Method. The real Tavistock method is mind control and cultural programming, deliberately using trauma and torture to tear down and reprogram individuals and populations with futureshock and cultural deconstruction. Common danger increases anxiety and suggestibility to ideas and beliefs implanted as induced fear, anger or excitement. This system maintains the status quo power structure. Interdependence has eroded into transnationalism and shared sovereignty, such as the European Union. The main actors include corporations, not just nation-states. Ideologies are no longer geographically-based. Many would add secret societies among those who actually rule the world. Replaced by corporate PR, diplomacy has given way to monetary coercion. Terrorism is linked to non-state actors that threaten sovereignty and globalization, but the transnationals terror campaigns are far more impacting. Mass mind control is so pervasive most remain oblivious to repressive reality. Far from perfecting humanity, the weapon of psychological science has enslaved it with enforced conformity. Mass psychology is first and foremost a political issue. With deep ties to the British Establishment and military, Tavistock's vision and imperatives become self-fulfilling prophecies. Mastery of mass psychology is Tavistock's forte and signature which can be seen throughout the sociopolitical landscape. Disinformation, misdirection and crystallizing public opinion complete the control equation of invisible or virtual government. Reality Therapy Tavistock Institute is the social puppetmaster, shaping political, social, educational, and economic 'opinions'. Their psychological shock troops include psychiatrists, educators, intelligence and military personnel. Their specialty is command and control problems. Rand, Brookings Institute, and SRI are other key players. The A.K. Rice Institute is a US clone of Tavistock. The conference culture with facilitators and consultants originated with Tavistock. "The Tavistock Primer" is an organizational Bible for group relations, including mythical or archetypal dynamics. When individuals gather, collective identity emerges. Groups tend to behave "as if" certain assumptions are true. This assumption identity is never exhausted. Groups have overt and covert aspects, including fantasies, fears and doubts about power and authority. Ordinary people gain power by acting collectively. The Tavistock method, developed in the '40s by Wilfred Bion, capitalizes on treating the group as a collective entity. The group behaves as a system whose first goal is survival. Projection drives us to disown undesirable parts of ourselves. Projection and Projective Identification are two social defense mechanisms. Key areas of learning include boundaries, authority, role and task. Redefining authority and leadership, as well as slogans are part of programming commonality of task, function and motivation. Smaller thinktanks are networked together doing reasearch on every facet of American life. For the average individual, the future isn't a chance to be new, but a chance to be had yet another time. However, the marks are finally wising up to covert policies aimed in their direction through education, media, medicine, business, technology and government. Since 1920, Tavistock Clinic aims included psycholgocial warfare, social control, information control; and control of the hidden information environment. Practically, this means it has control mechanisms in academia, multimedia, intelligence, and medicine especially pharmaceuticals and mental health. In this toxic form, the mental health movement has meant just the opposite. Tavistock Invented What You Should Believe You have been "injected" in every phase of life with pre-formed beliefs about the nature of self, others and reality. Your mundane and spiritual experiences are contrived and controlled. There is no position you can occupy in the system without being affected. Now they want your genetic identity, as well. Crisis and transitions create confusion which makes us mentally vulnerable to imposed trance states. The First waves from Tavistock were Freudian analysis and behavioral clinical psychology. R.D. Lang trained at the Institute. Kurt Lewin's Group Dynamics led to the Human Potential Movement with Esalan and the transpersonal psychologies which describe generic categories for myth and religions and spiritual experience. Lewin's equation said behavior was a function of the person and the environment, so they exerted maximal control on both with social psychology. The individual exists in dynamic tension with a field of coexisting factors and forces. There are behaviorial differences in how we work out the tension between our self-image and the environment or 'life space.' All methods have heavy trance-forming and hypnotic transactions embedded within them. They carry the aura of the shaman and the "white coat" mystique of medicine. With therapeutic authority, they define what is sick, divergent or deviant behavior, what is socially acceptable, and what is insane. This system, coupled with the beliefs of science builds consensus reality and generates a worldview or paradigm, which in turn controls individual beliefs, thoughts, emotions, feelings and behavior. Jung's Tavistock Lectures on Analytical Psychology provided a blueprint of the mind - psychological types, levels of the psyche and archetypes of the personal and collective unconscious. Knowledge of psychological types and the multi-layered psyche made categorized profiling of character types possible. Jung's theory of the complex made word association tests, biofeedback and lie detectors a reality applied to law enforcement and interrogation. Jung's dream research was used to target iconic dream imagery that could be injected into media, advertising and beliefs. His theories of the Shadow, or collective adversary, and projection have been used to conjure up enemies and scapegoats. Psychoretroactive Research This may never have been Jung's explicit intent, but it is a concrete result and effect of his research under the Tavistock agenda, which sponsored him at the time. The deliberate exploitation of symbols and manipulation of archetypes, images and icons was born. It is the root of cults of personality and celebrity, as well as falsely so-called "reality TV." Charisma, amplified rapport, is the secret force of mind control. The Tavistock agenda identifies and creates macro-trends, such as the "New Left" and militant activism as counter point to Neocon manipulation through radical religious policies. In other words, it is a primary polarizing entity at work throughout all levels of society, playing both sides against the middle. It does even better creating outside Adversaries through propaganda and projection, such as the distracting wars on terror, drugs, poverty and cancer -- all of which seem unresolvable. Viable solutions simply aren't allowed and are actively suppressed. A Rockefeller grant gave birth to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London in 1947. Tavistock joined with Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (RCGD) at the University of Michigan the next year and begin disseminating human relations literature, relating theory to practice, including promotion of change, engineering consensus, mass persuasion, breakdown of cognitive structure, and overcoming resistance. [Historical details at www.newswithviews.com/Cuddy/d...s122.htm and educate-yourself.org/nwo/nwo...t.shtml] Tavistock sets national agendas as part of the global shadow government. It used covert techniques to sell the war with Germany, the state of Israel, the Domino Theory and the Cold War for financial gain. Deliberate creation of crisis is a primary tool of social engineering and global drama. Other networked thinktanks are its dissemination organ. They create peer pressure throughout all strata of society designed to break people down into consensus conformity. Globalist Change Agents Tavistock’s agenda is used to create and topple governments. Tavistock’s objective is to eventually control entire populations between the use of drugs and sophisticated mind control techniques, including group dynamics. Its range of disciplines include anthropology, economics, organizational behavior, political science, psychoanalysis, psychology and sociology. Any technique which helps to break down the family unit, and family inculcated principles of religion, honor, patriotism and sexual behavior, is used by the Tavistock scientists as weapons of crowd control. They are currently involved in a war of extermination on the small American farmer through usery and bankruptsy by giant land trusts. Futurist programs identify discontinuities and emerging dilemmas. Discontinuities challenge business as usual and dilemmas demand new ways of thinking about complex problems. Together, discontinuities and dilemmas provide a vista of new practices and points of view that shape tomorrow's organizations and today's choices. Tavistock determined human psychophysical "breaking points." Following WW I, Tavistock Institute and Clinic were established in London. Originally, this was a well-intentioned program to find ways of preventing the mental horrors of WW I. Stress syndrome was then called “shell shock,” but is now termed PTSD. Sigmund Freud was the founding father of Tavistock methodology. Later, Tavistock commissioned The Tavistock Lectures by Carl Jung on the nature of the deep subconscious mind. Over the years, the emphasis changed until there was a sinister slant to the research in eugenics, political and cultural engineering by the mid-1930's. There are rumors of an earlier version of Tavistock, which trained Lenin, and later after WWI, Adolph Hitler. With the outbreak of World War II, Tavistock operatives took effective control of the Psychological Warfare Directorate of the British Army, while its allied network in the United States embedded itself in the American psychological warfare apparatus, including the Committee on National Morale and the Strategic Bombing Survey. By war's end, the combined influence of Tavistock (which became the Tavistock Institute in 1947) and of the former Frankfurt School operatives, had created a cadre of ``psychological shock troops,'' as Rees called them, and ``cultural warriors'' numbering in the several thousands. Today that network numbers in the several millions around the world, and it is the single most important factor in determining the design and content of mass media product.http://american_almanac.tripod.com/warfare.htm By WWII, Tavistock was a real MI 6 Agency and its stress-related techniques were well advanced. They knew how to relieve mental, and emotional pain and also amplify it, physically and psychologically. In fact, Tavistock’s recommendations for excessive use of force were used tragically by Winston Churchill in the terrifying fire bombing of Dresden and Hamburg. Sigmund Freud was Tavistock's "prophet" and first director, followed by his daughter, Anna. Tavistock programs were used to program the postwar leaders of Germany's government, churches, schools, corporations, etc., from among the POWs who were easy to manipulate. Research into the use of microwave weapons and their use for mind control began in 1950s at the Tavistock Institute, one of Britain's leading psychiatric research establishments. The UK institute was researching into ways of mind controlling the British population without them knowing. It's main US branch is in the University of Michigan. The same principles were used to create pop culture and counterculture, so even societal rebellion is a programmed trend to channel and discredit opposing energy. Freud's nephew, a principle at Tavistock Institute, Edward Bernays is the godfather of propaganda and the "engineered consent" of Madison Avenue. He took Freud's principles of mass psychology and applied them to social exploitation, numbing and manipulation of the masses. Popular culture is engineered to brainwash each of us from cradle to grave. Trends and megatrends are manufactured, engineered by corporations. Nothing happens in politics or society by accident. The Nazi's employed techniques outlined by Bernays in the book PROPAGANDA, and later brought them to the US under Operation Paperclip where they were picked up by CIA and subsequently morphed into mind control programs such as cyborg assassins and MK Ultra. Similar programs were instituted in the USSR around the same time. CIA also spreads propaganda across the entire political spectrum through founding and funding front organizations. In the wake of the Enlightenment, the notion arose of an intellectual elite, a distinguished social stratum that can be traced far back into classical history. Elite classes of intellectuals or well-educated people emerged in most European countries. The intelligentsia is a social class of people engaged in complex mental and creative labor directed to the development and dissemination of culture, encompassing intellectuals and social groups close to them (e.g., artists, mystics, psychologists, psychiatrists, scientists and teachers).Bohemians were the forerunner of what we can call the ‘psychedelic intelligentsia’ and today’s New Age spiritual fusion. Utopian socialism is the philosophical root of modern socialist thought. Anyone can be a utopian socialist, but the trend emerged in the first quarter of the 19th century. From the mid-19th century onwards, the other branches of socialism overtook utopianism in popularity. But groups such as the Fabians continued working their strategic agendas behind the scenes of perpetual class struggle. Societies are cyclic, always in a continual process of constructing themselves and destructing from within. Utopian socialists are forerunners of communal hippie life, intentional communities and cooperatives. Utopian nostalgia is exemplified in the Star Trek and Star Wars philosophy. Its dystopian reflection is The Matrix, the postmodern Brave New World where nothing is believable or trustable. Quasi-socialist intellectuals created hypothetical visions of perfect egalitarian and communal societies without actually concerning themselves with the manner in which these societies could be sustained. Yet, they shared a dream, which for the world at large has become a mind control nightmare. The Occult Revival Theosophical studies cover the origin and development of the cosmos and human development in all the planes of being from its beginning to its end. It is a philosophy of process, transformation, and evolution toward an extraordinary human potential. Out of this Utopian and scientific socialism came Theosophy, British” guild" socialism, the Fabian Society, Bertrand Russell, H. G. Wells, Tavistock and iconoclast Aleister Crowley. Aleister Crowley is an infamous occultist. Occultism has served as "an alternative account of the world, available to people dissatisfied with the orthodox view of things, scientifically and politically, since the late 18th century. Older than Theosophy with roots in kabbalah, Hermetics, and pantheism, Magick was a practical application of causing change to conform with will using similar principles. They both embrace the Hermetic Axiom: “As Above; So Below,” which reflects the identity of man as a microcosm. The Cryptocracy, through economics and mass mind control is involved in the transformation or "alchemical processing" of mass consciousness by psychological mind manipulation. With the help of these foundations and secret societies, experiments in world shaping continue multimedia and military campaigns. The goal is social engineering -- to seed and control megatrends so the masses live as controlled puppets – wage slaves -- of the ruling elite. Occult societies have a long tradition of influence peddling and providing covers for espionage. They are conduits of trust that transcend national borders and can cover a spy network. Naturally, occultists influenced one anothers’ beliefs, whether it was acknowledged or not. Black intelligence ops, “Esoterics” has always been a department in most intelligence services. In MI6, it was called the Occult Bureau. The SS also had an Occult Bureau. The Watch were FDR’s supersecret team for occult countermeasures, arcane assassinations, paranormal and psychic investigation. After the war, The Watch redirected its interest to UFO phenomena. THE TAVISTOCK ROOT: The historic center of this mass psywar apparatus is based outside London, in the Tavistock Center. Established in the aftermath of World War I under the patronage of the Duke George of Kent (1902-42), the original Tavistock Clinic, led by John Rawlings Rees, developed as the psychological warfare center for the royal family and British intelligence. Rees and a cadre group of Freudian and neo-Freudian psychiatrists, applied wartime experience of psychological collapse, to create theories about how such conditions of breakdown could be induced, absent the terror of war. The result was a theory of mass brainwashing, involving group experience, that could be used to alter the values of individuals, and through that, induce, over time, changes in the axiomatic assumptions that govern society. In the 1930s, Tavistock's extended networks developed a symbiotic relationship with the Frankfurt Institute for Social Research, created by European oligarchical networks, which focussed on the study and criticism of culture from a neo-Freudian standpoint. In the late 1930s, with its operations transferred from Germany to the New York area, the Frankfurt School coordinated the first analysis of the impact of a mass media phenomenon, i.e., radio, on culture--the Princeton-based ``Radio Research Project.''

Tavistock Invented What You Should Believe

ionamiller — Mon, 24 Aug 2009 23:56:20 GMT

Also see MIND CONTROL FOR DUMMIES: The Re-Evolution Will Be Internalized http://mindcontrolfordummies.50megs.com/ "Control follows awareness." - Special Ops maxim For Mind Control, WITH TV, HYPNOSIS BECAME OBSOLETE; WITH HAARP, DRUGS BECAME OBSOLETE. Tavistock "Stink Tank" Controls Social Engineering & Reinvents the World in Distorted Form, Programming the Future with Lockdown Control from Cradle to Grave. THE LONG CRISIS & PSYSTRAT The Game of Life is rigged. Why do you think there are so many global extinction stories on television now? Why do you suppose even the commercials relate to collective crisis, economic, social, and mental distress? IRS and private debt, medical bankruptsy, pollution hazards, mood alteration? The louder and more often they call for attention, the more sure you can be they are part of the problem, not the solution. There is a solution on sale for you to mitigate every distess. To be a "good" consumer now, you must be ecological and buy more investment purchases, even though you just lost 75% of your retirement funds. When you aren't breing sold remedies, you are being fed fear in crisis ater crisis. The real crisis is this war conducted inside your head by those who do not have your best interests at heart.It takes place somewhere along a utopian/dystopian spectrum, which ranges in the individual from euphoria to dysphoria. Drugs are no longer needed because ELF weapons have been created to conduct the secret war with electronic frequency generators that cause the brain to resonate at whatever level is programmed. The silent war -- mass psychological warfare -- for your mind has already been won, but not by you, yourself. The main issue for royalty and government has always been how to control the population at large. Given the means, it then follows that bending wills and the means to do so become imperatives. But how is the mind bent and toward what ends? The masses are bent through control of resources and the environment, mind control, massive manipulation, crisis and social turbulence. Nonprofit foundations have teamed with corporate, military and governmental entities to form a covert control force. It brings notions of unintended consequences to the fore. Intentions and even best practices don't always result in desireable effect. We also have to ask, "Desireable for whom?" Tavistock institute is the primary purveyor of global manipulation and crowd control. The social influence of Tavistock cannot be overestimated in intelligence, education, mind control, media, psychiatry and other major arenas of culture. It is the source of the Human Potential Movement, encounter groups, and the "Tavistock Method," which induces and controls stress via "psychologically controlled environments" in order to make people give up firmly held beliefs under "peer pressure." The A.K. Rice Institute is a US clone of Tavistock. EMERGENT MACRO-TRENDS Mass psychology is first and foremost a political issue. Tavistock's vision and imperatives become self-fulfilling prophecies. Mastery of mass psychology is Tavistock's forte and signature which can be seen through the sociopolitical landscape. Tavistock Institute is the social puppetmaster, shaping political, social, educational, and economic 'opinions'. Their specialty is command and control problems. Rand, Brookings Institute, and SRI are other key players. For the average individual, the future isn't a chance to be new, but a chance to be had yet another time. However, the marks are finally wising up to covert policies aimed in their direction through education, media, medicine, business, technology and government. Smaller thinktanks are networked together doing reasearch on every facet of American life. Since 1920, Tavistock Clinic aims included psycholgocial warfare, social control, information control; and control of the hidden information environment. Practically, this means it has control mechanisms in academia, multimedia, intelligence, and medicine especially pharmaceuticals and psychiatry. Tavistock Invented What You Should Believe You have been "injected" in every phaseof life with pre-formed beliefs about the nature of self, other and reality. Your mundane and spiritual experiences are contrived and controlled. There is no position you can occupy in the system without being affected. Now they want your genetic identity, as well. Crisis and transitions create confusion which makes us mentally vulnerable to impose trance states. The First waves from Tavistock were Freudian analysis and behavioral clinical psychology. Kurt Lewin's Group Dynamics led to the Human Potential Movement with Esalan and the transpersonal psychologies which describe generic categories for myth and religions and spiritual experience. Lewin's equation said behavior was a function of the person and the environment, so they exerted maximal control on both with social psychology. All methods have heavy trance-forming and hypnotic transactions embedded within them. They carry the aura of the shaman and the "white coat" mystique of medicine. With therapeutic authority, they define what what is sick, divergent or deviant behavior, what is socially acceptable, and what is insane. This system, coupled with the beliefs of science builds consensus reality and generates a worldview or paradigm, which in turn controls individual beliefs, thoughts, emotions, feelings and behavior. Jung's Tavistock Lectures on Analytical Psychology provided a blueprint of the mind - psychological types, levels of the psyche and archetypes of the personal and collective unconscious. Knowledge of psychological types and the multi-layered psyche made categorized profiling of character types possible. Jung's theory of the complex made word association tests, biofeedback and lie detectors a reality applied to law enforcement and interrogation. Jung's dream research was used to target dream imagery that could be injected into media, advertising and beliefs. This may never have been Jung's explicit intent, but it is a concrete resultand effect of his research under the Tavistock agenda, which sponsored him at the time. The deliberate and manipulation of archetypes, images and icons was born. It is the root of cults of personality and celebrity, as well as falsely so-called "reality TV." The Tavistock agenda identifies and creates macro-trends, such as the "New Left" and militant activism as counter point to Neocon manipulation through radical religious policies. In other words, it is a primary polarizing entity at work throughout all levels of society, playing both sides against the middle. It does even better creating outside Adversaries, such as the wars on terror, drugs, and cancer -- all of whichseem unresolvable. Viable solutions simply aren't allowed and are actively suppressed. A Rockefeller grant gave birth to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London in 1947. Tavistock joined with Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (RCGD) at the University of Michigan the next year and begin disseminating human relations literature, relating theory to practice, including promotion of change, engineering consensus, mass persuasion, breakdown of cognitive structure, and overcoming resistance.[Historical details at http://www.newswithviews.com/Cuddy/dennis122.htm and http://educate-yourself.org/nwo/nwotavistockbestkeptsecret.shtml] Tavistock sets national agendas as part of the global shadow government. It used covert techniques to sell the war with Germany, the Domino Theory and the Cold War for financial gain. Deliberate creation of crisis is a primary tool of social engineering and global drama. Other networked thinktanks are its dissemination organ. They create peer pressure throughout all strata of society designed to break people down into consensus conformity. Tavistock’s agenda is used to create and topple governments. Tavistock’s objective is to eventually control entire populations between the use of drugs and sophisticated mind control techniques, including group dynamics. Its range of disciplines include anthropology, economics, organizational behavior, political science, psychoanalysis, psychology and sociology. Any technique which helps to break down the family unit, and family inculcated principles of religion, honor, patriotism and sexual behavior, is used by the Tavistock scientists as weapons of crowd control. They are currently involved in a war of extermination on the small American farm through usery and bankruptsy by giant land trusts. Futurist programs identify discontinuities and emerging dilemmas. Discontinuities challenge business as usual and dilemmas demand new ways of thinking about complex problems. Together, discontinuities and dilemmas provide a vista of new practices and points of view that shape tomorrow's organizations and today's choices. Tavistock determined human psychophysical "breaking points". Following WW I, Tavistock Institute and Clinic were established in London. Originally, this was a well-intentioned program to find ways of preventing the mental horrors of WW I. Stress syndrome was then called “shell shock,” but is now termed PTSD. Sigmund Freud was the founding father of Tavistock methodology. Later, Tavistock commissioned The Tavistock Lectures by Carl Jung on the nature of the deep subconscious mind. Over the years, the emphasis changed until there was a sinister slant to the research in eugenics, political and cultural engineering by the mid-1930's. There are rumors of an earlier version of Tavistock, which trained Lenin, and later after WWI, Adolph Hitler. By WWII, Tavistock was a real MI 6 Agency and its stress-related techniques were well advanced. They knew how to relieve mental, and emotional pain and also amplify it, physically and psychologically. In fact, Tavistock’s recommendations for excessive use of force were used tragically by Winston Churchill in the terrifying fire bombing of Dresden and Hamburg. Sigmund Freud was Tavistock's "prophet" and first director, followed by his daughter, Anna. Tavistock programs were used to program the postwar leaders of Germany's government, churches, schools, corporations, etc., from among the POWs who were easy to manipulate. Research into the use of microwave weapons and their use for mind control began in 1950s at the Tavistock Institute, one of Britain's leading psychiatric research establishments. The UK institute was researching into ways of mind controlling the British population without them knowing. It's main US branch is in the University of Michigan. The same principles were used to create pop culture and counterculture, so even societal rebellion is a programmed trend to channel and discredit opposing energy. Freud's nephew, a principle at Tavistock Institute, Edward Bernays is the godfather of propaganda and the "engineered consent" of Madison Avenue. He took Freud's principles of mass psychology and applied them to social exploitation, numbing and manipulation of the masses. Popular culture is engineered to brainwash each of us from cradle to grave. Trends and megatrends are manufactured, engineered by corporations. Nothing happens in politics or society by accident. The Nazi's employed techniques outlined by Bernays in the book PROPAGANDA, and later brought them to the US under Operation Paperclip where they were picked up by CIA and subsequently morphed into mind control programs such as cyborg assassins and MK Ultra. Similar programs were instututed in the USSR around the same time. CIA also spreads propaganda across the entire political spectrum through founding and funding front organizations. In the wake of the Enlightenment, the notion arose of an intellectual elite, a distinguished social stratum that can be traced far back into classical history. Elite classes of intellectuals or well-educated people emerged in most European countries. The intelligentsia is a social class of people engaged in complex mental and creative labor directed to the development and dissemination of culture, encompassing intellectuals and social groups close to them (e.g., artists, mystics, psychologists, psychiatrists, scientists and teachers). It is the forerunner of what we can call the ‘psychedelic intelligentsia’ and today’s New Age spiritual fusion. Utopian socialism is the philosophical root of modern socialist thought. Anyone can be a utopian socialist, but the trend emerged in the first quarter of the 19th century. From the mid-19th century onwards, the other branches of socialism overtook utopianism in popularity. Societies are cyclic, always in a continual process of constructing themselves and destructing from within. Utopian socialists are forerunners of communal hippie life, intentional communities and cooperatives. Utopian nostalgia is exemplified in the Star Trek and Star Wars philosophy. Its dystopian reflection is The Matrix, the postmodern Brave New World. Quasi-socialist intellectuals created hypothetical visions of perfect egalitarian and communal societies without actually concerning themselves with the manner in which these societies could be sustained. Yet, they shared a dream, which for the world at large has become a mind control nightmare. The Occult Revival Theosophical studies cover the origin and development of the cosmos and human development in all the planes of being from its beginning to its end. It is a philosophy of process, transformation, and evolution toward an extraordinary human potential. Out of this Utopian and scientific socialism came Theosophy, British” guild" socialism, the Fabian Society, Bertrand Russell, H. G. Wells, Tavistock and iconoclast Aleister Crowley. Aleister Crowley is an infamous occultist. Occultism has served as "an alternative account of the world, available to people dissatisfied with the orthodox view of things, scientifically and politically, since the late 18th century. Older than Theosophy with roots in kabbalah, Hermetics, and pantheism, Magick was a practical application of causing change to conform with will using similar principles. They both embrace the Hermetic Axiom: “As Above; So Below,” which reflects the identity of man as a microcosm. The Cryptocracy, through economics and mass mind control is involved in the transformation or "alchemical processing" of mass consciousness by psychological mind manipulation. With the help of these foundations and secret societies, experiments in world shaping continue multimedia and military campaigns. The goal is social engineering -- to seed and control megatrends so the masses live as controlled puppets – wage slaves -- of the ruling elite. Occult societies have a long tradition of influence peddling and providing covers for espionage. They are conduits of trust that transcend national borders and can cover a spy network. Naturally, occultists influenced one anothers’ beliefs, whether it was acknowledged or not. Black intelligence ops, “Esoterics” has always been a department in most intelligence services. In MI6, it was called the Occult Bureau. The SS also had an Occult Bureau. The Watch were FDR’s supersecret team for occult countermeasures, arcane assassinations, paranormal and psychic investigation. After the war, The Watch redirected its interest to UFO phenomena.

Collective Psyche

ionamiller — Sat, 22 Aug 2009 20:11:40 GMT

The Psychic System COLLECTIVE PSYCHE is a meta-theory of mankind. Psyche is the dynamic totality of all conscious and unconscious psychic processes. If consciousness is the root of matter, as some physics models suggest, it includes everything we imagine, experience and know as well as what we cannot know. Real awareness is being present in the moment. The confluence of future and past is eternally present now, pregnant with potential. Collective psyche "remembers" the future before it arrives, runs all superimposed scenarios in the multiverse before collapsing into ordinary reality. Collective psyche can provide prescient glimpses into possible futures. Can we, therefore, change undesireable timelines and outcomes using collective psyche as applied human survival technology? Both individual and collective psyche possess layers that lie below consciousness. We can examine the beliefs and behavior of our global society, in general, just as we can analyze and foster emergent creativity in individuals with therapeutic effect. The collective shadow of the old paradigm still plagues us. The collective psyche itself demands resolution or at least makes us obsess on its elusive nature. To find peace in the world, we must find it within. Images arising in the collective psyche are internalized as dreams and visions. We sense autonomous forces beyond us at work. Deity resides in the collective psyche. Even in physics and life sciences, psyche and matter are no longer split. Collective intelligence and identity are externalized online in social networking and digital alchemy. This superset is a new human identity, embodying that tangibly greater than self. We are practicing higher order collective cooperation, collectively reinventing ourselves as a species. Collective conversation moves at the speed of light. Openness, inclusivity, decentralization, nonlocality and virtuality are keywords. We are not only merging with one another, we are e-merging our nervous systems with our technology. We are letting go of personal identity to collective intelligence in a new way, teaching one another as we explore that frontier beyond the doors of perception. We are each a unique center. EDGEucation Our collective aspirations are guided by archetypal fantasies. Our disenchantment and collective grief is arguably over loss of the world soul. The collective psyche points toward and guides us through the transition period we now face. New images are arising, reframing the future. Images have healing properties. They speak to us in our sleeping and waking dreams, forging shared stories relevant to everyone in the process as well as the Cosmos itself. We cannot separate our psychophysical symptoms from the collective environment. There is a missing dimension in our worldview and mindscapes. We sense it, even though the market and media have attempted to drain all depth from our experience. Emergent events are not merely responses to economic and climatic conditions or social engineering, but eruptions of the collective unconscious. Mobilized, the archetypal dynamics and creative forces of the collective psyche perturb psychosocial trends, creating new possibilities. Archetypes are the psychic skeleton fleshed out by events that matter. We can't keep our collective skeletons in the closet anymore. We can no longer charge the future to pay for our past. The marks have wised up and no longer trust the control systems. What doesn't effect the Collective Psyche? Perhaps humanity has never faced more multi-dimensional challenges. We need to retrieve and upgrade our human survival technologies for our metamorphosis. Healing emerges from pathology. Edge artists are the shamans of the new millennium. Maybe we are still addicted to the Hermetic myth of futurism when we need to live in the here and now. Like Hermes, the future is a perennial Trickster: this is what you want, this is what you get -- lowered expectations. Why do we hurry to live in the future? Futurism speculates about the unknown, robbing us of the present and its opportunities. There is no quick cure for collective ills but we can find new metaphors, deeper meaning and more relevant stories. There is no therapy but moving forward creatively into the future, experimenting with solutions. Inspiration can emerge from infinite potential in any instant. Participatory Wisdom The only certain way to heal the personality or the world is getting to the source of wisdom. Collective consciousness is tied to the health of each individual. Healing power emerges from integration. Looking within, we arouse our tacit knowledge for participatory wisdom -- the active wisdom of the collective psyche. The same patterns are at work in the individual and collective psyche, something ungraspable in the depths. Larger patterns are at work in the collective. Global awareness, multiculturalism and multinationalism are basic to the collective psyche. But we fear the loss of old boundaries. Is this our collective Borderline disorder, emphasizing relationship disturbances that challenge our beliefs about ourselves? Is it the source of our unremitting crisis and vulnerability? Joy is the only antidote to anxiety. We need to create better environments, newer myths, and more compassionate beliefs so we can thrive, not just survive. Rather than conspicuous consumption, new buzzwords include ZPG, "downsizing," "aging lean," "design intelligence." We need new models for creative art and science that move us beyond the nihilism of postmodernism into the transmodern era. The exhausted culture must die for the new to emerge from its ashes. The collective death-wish plays out in a myriad of ways. The psyche is not amenable to reduction. It cannot be contained or restricted. Politics, Economics, War, Disease, Natural Calamities, Science and Technology, Natural Resource shortages, the Population Bomb, Pandemic, Forced Migration, Climate Shift, Energy Crisis and more have the capacity to instantly morph our worldview and lifestyles. Destructive states need to give way to an opening of imagination as we continue to free our collective selves from oppressive mythologies. Hopefully, we can find a more sustainable means of existence. Therapeutic interventions can be performed by anyone at any level. For example, consumers are radically revisioning their spending, saving and investment patterns. Artists are learning what it means to design new bodies and virtual environments. Art can be read as the archives of collective vision. Our collective intelligence is transforming through social networking. We can retrieve our geneologies and test our DNA to find out exactly who we are and where we come from. What we find is we are all more closely related than we formerly thought. We can benefit by a wide-ranging holistic examination of nature and our own nature as a species. Humans, science tells us, are 99% genetically identical to primates and even closer to one another -- we are one family of man. Battles are symptoms. In psychology, symptoms are where boundaries are shifting. Collective psyche is as multi-faceted as mankind. The meme biological "race" -- a social construction -- is an irrelevant folk belief that is culturally ingrained divisive view. The global human population is genetically homogeneous compared to other mammals. There are no subspecies in our global family. Dysfunctional Family of Man However, we are dysfunctional, detached, alienated. The collective demands of our culture have drained us. We have endured unbearable collective "cognitive dissonance" between the traditional and transitional paradigms. Such mental epidemics arise in the collective soul. One treatment is to reinvest in perennial collective values, such as democracy. If you hold a value, you must speak for it. Lack of passion indicates numbing. We yearn for something deeper than consumerism in terms of mass mind. Fragmentation is the metaphysical and existential condition that leads to compulsive creation of the false self as compensation for lack of authentic identity. Omega points embody our existential despair, our apocalyptic yearning, our narcissistic desire to have everything reflect our own emptiness. Despair can lead to suicidal thoughts. In Suicide and the Soul, James Hillman suggests the impulse to suicide is psyche's intense desire to change, and die symbolically to be reborn or renewed. We also long for renewal in our global culture and for the sake of our offspring. But do we have to be collectively self-destructive in the process? Collectively, we are experiencing a disorder of adaptation that manifests in dissociation. Distrust, greed, apathy and burn-out are symptomatic. We have only recently crashed from a series of socially manufactured hyper-manic investment "bubbles," awakening us from a delusion of limitless growth. We've become numb and overwhelmed. Numbness masks our collective spiritual hunger, which is the root of all addiction. Our paranoid culture is hyper-vigilant with Post-Traumatic Stress. Holding all this tension is "weathering" or wearing us out. Economic collapse has sent many back to square one, desperately trying to reinvent themselves for survival. Old personas grow constrictive when we are role-bound into conventionality or the equally cliche eccentricities. Even your rebellions are socially engineered. Identified with the social mask, when we lose our job or 'mission' we lose our identity. In the same way, we have to reinvent our culture, fractally, from the bottom-up and top-down. Some areas of cultural activity are more pathological and malignant. We literally and metaphorically need to 'cut it out.' Ancient cultures have much to teach us in this regard; we need to listen deeply to one another. Psycho-spiritual forces of transformation are also in play, such as conceptual reorientation and memes that remain to play out, such as 2012 and technological singularity. The Collective Psyche is also vulnerable to manipulation through a variety of means that modulate the order/disorder scale. Propaganda is used for organizing chaos in accord with specific agendas through memes, media, education, social values, military, medicine, politics, intelligence and business. Ideas are replicators, much like genes, and can be "cancerous" and require radical treatment. Zeitgeist The very Fabric of Reality is woven in our collective thoughts and embodiment. Consensus reality is formulated and ratified at the level of the human unconscious where all minds are entangled. This matrix determines the context and meaning of individual and collective being. Currently, we are in the midst of a profound paradigm shift. For the first time in history we have sweeping knowledge of the historic panoply of our planet and humanity's place in it. We know who we are but we don't know where we are going, except into the Great Unknown, the abyss that represents the universal Mystery. Indications are that we are becoming "transhuman." The sadpart is most of have failed to becoming "fully human," living up to our human potential, before the transition. Shared beliefs and attitudes operating as a unifying social force create Collective Consciousness which embodies the Social Cradle. This fractal and systems awareness can be raised to new heights through transformations in tacit and articulated knowledge with behavior rooted in new understanding. This is how new self-organizing order emerges from the death of outworn toxic systems. In therapy, we hae to get to the root of the problem for more than a "bandaid" cure. Negative instinctual forces tend to keep this positive potential in check, but we are also capable of making quantum leaps in consciousness, particularly since our survival depends on it. We need to develop a system we can trust in once again. The social drive behind transformation is the over-arching awareness that we are all in it together. New physics has revealed a deeper level of reality where we are at one with each other, the world and Cosmos. We need to begin operating from realization of that interconnected awareness. Culture's Strange Attractors Both individuals and cultures have internal maps of reality that condition their beliefs, thoughts, feelings and behaviors. C.G. Jung introduced the model of a Collective Unconscious and also a Collective Consciousness. Its primary structures are archetypes or patterns behind our religious, mythical, thought and social lives. All the most powerful ideas in history arise from archetypes: religious ideas; the central concepts of science and philosophy. In their present form they are variants of archetypal ideas created by consciously applying and adapting these ideas to reality. The Collective Psyche is complexed, subject to distortions in healthy dynamics. They revolve around the perennial problems of mankind -- the Strange Attractors of collective life. Projections territorialize the aspects of the collective psyche, but we are all part of that collective body. Collective behavior also has a Shadow-side as we find in individuals. It causes us to project evil onto other individuals, groups and nations, disowning our complicity. Often there is an abyss between our overt and covert intentions and their real-world effects due to a myopia that prevents us seeing into our collective blind spots. What is going on in the collective psyche? Oppositional thinking and projection mean we live in a time of accelerating polarization: us versus them, good versus evildoers, and splitting and projection based in creeds, isms, and other congealed dogmas. What we need to examine are the effects, not intentions, of those beliefs. Cultural narcissism and oppositional thinking are deterants to peace in the world. We need to begin taking collective responsibility for our pathology to overcome our collective denial that has fouled our environment and interpersonal relations at the individual, national and global level. Frontiers of Consciousness We gain in meaning and value by fearlessly examining our collective psyche to find hidden dynamics at work below the surface of events that could make or break our intergenerational futures. These dynamics are conditioned by archetypes just like individuals share these common drives for good and evil. Global Architectronics is the evolving architecture of our common culture, shaped by a variety of internal and external forces. Some of them plague mankind and some have the potential to raise us to a higher level of being in the world and with one another. The dynamics of Chaos Theory illuminates the process of radical culture change and the challenges of our currently shifting society. We are in unprecedented flux and recognizing that changes in one area of the globe potentially effect the whole system. There are no "closed societies" in the Information Age. This is the era of Glocalization. Order emerges from chaos, but chaos also overwhelms us when order breaks down in our bodies, minds or societies. Then we need emergent healing that comes from deep within, not introjected from outside of ourselves but welling up from our core. In this new Depression, we need deep healing, individually and collectively. Our sick system needs to heal from corruption and mismanagement. The planet needs to heal from human impact and overpopulation. It is a complex problem which can only be addressed by a radical shift in healing paradigms and means. The transformative process takes many forms in working with chaos through nature's way.